U.S. technology shares reversed course this week, giving up all the gains they made the previous week. Profit-taking and concerns about AI competition from China and whether AI investment returns will meet expectations hit the semiconductor sector, pushing it into bear territory.
The sell-off in tech stocks came despite cooling inflation at both the retail and wholesale levels, which eased fears of an interest rate hike by the nation’s central bank.
For the week, the Dow Jones Industrial Average edged 0.93 percent lower, closing at 52,146. The S&P 500 dropped 1.55 percent to 7,457, near its weekly low touched on July 17. The Nasdaq Composite fared far worse, down 2.90 percent. The Russell 2000 fell 0.52 percent. …

This post was originally published here. 

Iran claimed to have struck and damaged US military sites in Kuwait, Jordan, and Bahrain with drones, according to Iranian state media outlet Islamic Republic of Iran Broadcasting (IRIB) in the early morning hours on Saturday.

According to IRIB, drones targeted US ammunition stores and communication assets at Kuwait’s Ali Al Salem Air Base. They also claimed to have targeted US military assets at Muwaffaq Salti Air Base in Jordan.

IRIB additionally claimed that they targeted US aircraft hangars, fuel tanks, and communication assets in Bahrain. 

Later on Saturday, Jordanian media reported the interception of ten Iranian ballistic missiles by Jordan’s military. No casualties or material damage were reported.

On Friday evening, Iran fired several ballistic missiles and drones towards Kuwait, Kuwait’s military stated in an X/Twitter post citing Kuwaiti Defense Ministry Spokesperson Maj.-Gen. Saud Abdulaziz Al-Otaibi.

Several Kuwaiti soldiers were wounded by falling shrapnel from intercepted aerial targets, according to the statement.

Multiple sites were hit by the Iranian attack, including a power station, water desalination plant, and other civilian infrastructure, with reports of fires and material damage.

Kuwait’s military noted that no civilians were wounded in Iran’s attack, which caused additional damage across the country through falling shrapnel from intercepted missiles and drones.

Earlier on Friday, Iran’s Islamic Revolutionary Guard Corps (IRGC) claimed responsibility for previous strikes on Kuwait, claiming it had targeted US military facilities, according to a report by Iran’s semi-official Mehr News.

The IRGC also claimed that it had struck and damaged a US military drone depot in Bahrain in response to US strikes last night.

Iranian official warns Tehran may initiate ‘full-scale offensive operations’ in response to US strikes

On Friday, advisor to Iran’s Supreme Leader Mohsen Rezaei threatened that Tehran will “move into a phase of full-scale offensive operations” if the US continues strikes against Iran for “several more days,” during an interview with Iran’s State TV.

He also warned that if the US attempts to seize any locations, Iran may engage in an “offensive war instead of a defensive one.”

Ariella Roitman and Reuters contributed to this report.

This post was originally published on here. 

Sunday’s World Cup final will see Argentina face off against Spain, setting up a showdown between two countries that have recently taken sharply opposing views on Israel.

Their stars, too, symbolize the split: Argentina’s Lionel Messi has drawn attention for his past ties to Israel, while Spain’s Lamine Yamal has made headlines by displaying a Palestinian flag after a crucial win. 

Online discourse has now cast the match as something of a proxy for the Middle East conflict, and sparked more than a few anti-Israel and antisemitic conspiracy theories.

“We are getting an Israel versus Palestine World Cup,” wrote content creator Ryan Rozbiani on X/Twitter.

“Argentina is the only team among all participants that is openly and consistently pro-Israel,” wrote one X user, whose bio says they oppose the Islamic Republic of Iran. “That’s why I’m rooting for them.”

Khabib Nurmagomedov, the former MMA fighter and vocal supporter of the Palestinian cause, posted a similar message to his Instagram story and wrote, “I know who I’m supporting.”

Sneako, the streamer who has spread antisemitic conspiracy theories and used Nazi slogans, weighed in a couple of weeks ago: “Argentina is the Israel of South America.”

Argentinian President’s pro-Israel stance

Argentina’s President Javier Milei, a self-described “anarcho-capitalist” who took office in December 2023, has transformed Argentina’s foreign policy toward Israel, shifting the country from a more critical stance to one of its closest allies.

Prime Minister Pedro Sánchez of Spain, a socialist, has emerged as one of Europe’s most outspoken critics of Israel’s military campaign in Gaza and a leading advocate of Palestinian statehood.

Sánchez expressed pride after the Spanish forward Yamal was photographed in May celebrating a crucial win with a Palestinian flag. The 18-year-old FC Barcelona star, whose father is Moroccan, waved the flag while riding on an open-top bus during the club’s celebrations after winning the La Liga title on May 11.

“Lamine has merely expressed the solidarity with Palestine that millions of Spaniards feel,” Sánchez said at the time. “Yet another reason to be proud of him.” 

‘Existence is resistance’

Spanish actor Javier Bardem, a supporter often shown on camera during the team’s World Cup games, is an outspoken advocate for Palestinians. He has held up a Palestinian flag at multiple games during the tournament, and told another attendee during the recent semifinal, “Existence is resistance.”

Spain has been among Europe’s most vocal critics of Israel’s actions in Gaza. In May 2024, it formally recognized a Palestinian state, joining a growing number of European countries advocating greater international recognition of Palestinian self-determination.

The partisan discourse has also taken a dark turn. The CEO of CyberWell, an Israeli nonprofit that tracks antisemitism online, wrote in a statement that the massive stage of the World Cup is being “exploited by those seeking to spread antisemitic conspiracy theories.”

Tal-Or Cohen Montemayor said posts criticizing Messi and Argentina often “do not explicitly mention Jews” but “invoke antisemitic conspiracy theories through indirect references.”

“The targeting of Lionel Messi, the invocation of the Protocols of the Elders of Zion, and claims that Jews control FIFA all rely on the same idea: that Jewish people are the secret master manipulators of the world,” said Cohen Montemayor. 

Messi, Argentina’s captain, has largely avoided political statements throughout his career. Ahead of the World Cup semifinal against England, when much of the Argentine media repeatedly linked the match to the Falklands/Malvinas dispute between the countries, Messi kept his comments focused exclusively on football.

His relationship with Israel has instead been shaped through football and personal visits, including trips to Jerusalem, participation in matches involving Israeli teams, and professional ties with Israeli businesses. 

A number of posts criticizing Messi and Argentina include photos of the megastar from his visits to Israel, including a 2013 picture of him at the Western Wall. They also suggest that Argentina, which has won a handful of games with late comebacks, is guaranteed to win – with the help of referees or FIFA more broadly – because of the country’s support of Israel.

Fanning the flames of discord is a perception among other Latin American countries that Argentinians see themselves as distinct from the region, in part because a large majority of its population is descended from European immigrants. An Argentinian club was fined in 2023 after its fans made racist gestures toward fans of a Brazilian team. In 2024, Argentina players came under fire after they were heard chanting about the French squad: “They play for France, but their parents are from Angola. Their mother is from Cameroon, while their father is from Nigeria. But their passport says French.” 

Both countries’ history with Jews is complicated and at times fraught: Argentina, which attracted substantial Jewish immigration at the turn of the 20th century, also became a refuge for Nazis fleeing defeat and justice after World War II. Jews were disproportionately targeted during the terrors of the country’s Dirty War in the 1970s, and the military regime was seeded with antisemitic beliefs. The investigation into the massive 1994 bombing of the Jewish community center, believed to be the work of Hezbollah, was notoriously mishandled.

Spain since the 1970s has tried to redress its 15th- and 16th-century persecution, mass torture and expulsion of Jews by highlighting the country’s Jewish past and inviting Jewish immigration. Its fascist regime was ostensibly neutral but practically allied with Nazi Germany. More recently, it has reported a spike in antisemitic attacks.

Some Argentinians have shot back at the narrative that theirs is the pro-Israel team. 

“No Argentinian that is a real Argentinian supports Israel,” one supporter said in a widely circulated video taken after the country’s semifinal win against England. “Don’t believe our f***ing president that has been put with money there.”

Others have pointed to Diego Maradona, the late, all-time Argentina soccer great who once told Mahmoud Abbas, “My heart is Palestinian.”

Argentina supporters and Messi loyalists cheered on the country during a recent watch party in Gaza.

In Israel, a recent poll by a magazine found that Argentina was the clear favorite among Israeli World Cup viewers, named by 38% of respondents as the team they hope wins the tournament. 

Jewish entertainer and podcaster Jonah Platt offered a breakdown of “the Jew view” of the final four World Cup teams – Argentina, Spain, France and England – earlier this week, giving Argentina the highest score of “who Jews should root for.” Spain, whose government is “going for Western Europe’s gold medal in anti-Israel hysteria,” wrote Platt, was ranked last.

This post was originally published on here. 

The Lod District Court issued an injunction on Thursday blocking a planned Likud vote after accepting a petition filed by the Social Forum affiliated with the National Labor Federation.

The vote, which was scheduled to begin at noon, was intended to determine new rules for selecting the Likud’s candidate list ahead of the election for the 26th Knesset.

Likud officials announced Thursday afternoon that no vote would take place following the court order. Likud legal adviser attorney Ilan Bombach requested that the party convention vote be postponed due to delays in the legal proceedings, while the Likud court convened to discuss the matter.

The Social Forum alleged that the Likud administration had acted in direct violation of a party court ruling by preventing the forum’s proposed election rules from being brought to a vote.

The proposal was intended to ensure that all Likud members, including people with disabilities, could participate in the process.

The court issued a temporary order barring the Likud from holding the vote unless the forum’s proposal was also presented to the delegates, in accordance with a Supreme Court ruling. The petition was filed by attorney Eric Twito.

“This is a victory for common sense,” the Social Forum said. “We will not allow the Likud elections to be stolen. The Social Forum affiliated with the National Labor Federation will continue to serve as the protective vest of the Likud’s 150,000 members.”

Thousands of delegates

The fifth Likud convention had been expected to bring together approximately 4,500 delegates in a vote that could reshape the party’s candidate list and test the balance of power among Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu, Likud Central Committee chairman, Health Minister Haim Katz, MK David Bitan, and thousands of party activists.

Polling stations were scheduled to operate from noon until 8 p.m. at 17 locations across Israel. Eligible delegates would have been allowed to vote at any location.

The secret ballot made the result difficult to predict and would have allowed delegates to oppose the proposal without openly confronting Netanyahu.

At the center of the dispute was a set of election rules approved by the Likud Constitution Committee, headed by Katz and supported by Netanyahu.

The proposal would grant the Likud chairman eight reserved positions on the party list, in slots 3, 5, 9, 11, 15, 18, 26, and 31.

Six of those positions would fall within the top 20, pushing candidates elected in the primaries further down the list.

The proposal represented a retreat from Netanyahu’s initial demand for as many as 11 reserved positions, including five in the top 10.

At one point, Likud officials assessed that delays in agreeing on the system could result in the cancellation of the primaries and the establishment of a committee to appoint the party’s candidates.

The proposal would also introduce significant changes to the structure of the candidate list, including redistributing district slots and guaranteeing representation.

It would allow ministers, deputy ministers, and incumbent MKs to compete in district races, a provision that has drawn strong opposition from party activists.

District slots have traditionally provided new candidates with a path into the Knesset while preserving geographic representation.

Allowing incumbent lawmakers to compete for those positions would give an MK concerned about failing to secure a place on the nationwide list the option to run in a smaller, potentially more favorable district race.

Such candidates would compete against activists who have spent years building local support.

Opponents argue that combining reserved positions with the opening of district races to incumbent lawmakers would significantly limit Likud members’ influence over the final list.

The proposal also includes guaranteed representation for women, young people, immigrants, and other groups.

Although the primaries would formally remain in place, critics argue that fewer viable positions would be determined through the nationwide vote.

Ahead of the scheduled vote, Bitan released a video urging delegates to reject the proposals.

“The proposals today are Haim Katz’s proposals, which he pressured the prime minister to bring to a vote,” said Bitan.

“Anyone who loves the Likud and protects democracy in the movement is voting today against the proposals at the convention,” he added.

Bitan noted that if the proposal were rejected, Netanyahu could present a new plan that was not adopted “under pressure from Haim Katz.”

He also argued that eight high-ranking reserved positions would effectively amount to “an appointments committee in practice.”

Bitan does not oppose granting the Likud chairman the authority to reserve positions in principle.

During the negotiations, he promoted a more limited proposal that would give Netanyahu three viable reserved positions, in slots 2, 6, and 16, as well as two additional positions in slots 39 and 48.

His proposal also called for regular primaries and for district positions to remain reserved for new candidates.

Bitan: No ‘blank check’ for Likud chairman

Bitan argued that the party chairman should not be given a “blank check” without delegates knowing who the intended candidates were, what electoral value they would bring, and which incumbent lawmakers would be pushed into nonviable positions.

Tensions escalated during a meeting of the Likud Constitution Committee, where Bitan warned against the “political elimination” of incumbent lawmakers.

Netanyahu responded, according to those present, that Bitan should run for Likud leader and see how many Knesset seats he could deliver.

Bitan became angry after details of the exchange were leaked to the media in real time. He blamed Netanyahu’s associates and left the meeting.

The committee later approved Katz’s proposal by a majority vote.

Although the plan has sometimes been described as “Netanyahu’s proposal,” it was developed through cooperation between Netanyahu and Katz.

Netanyahu demanded the reserved positions, while Katz, who heads both the Likud Central Committee and the Constitution Committee, drafted the mechanism and advanced it through the party’s institutions.

As part of the negotiations, Netanyahu visited Katz’s home after Katz had expressed reservations about the original demand for more reserved positions.

Bitan has sought to persuade delegates that voting against the proposal would not amount to voting against Netanyahu.

He argues that his campaign is directed against an arrangement that Katz imposed on the Likud chairman.

The approach is also intended to give delegates political space to oppose the proposal without appearing to challenge Netanyahu directly.

The dispute comes amid a longstanding power struggle between Katz and Bitan, two of the Likud’s most influential figures.

The two have competed in recent months for control of the party convention’s institutions and the Likud constitution.

Bitan demonstrated considerable strength in internal branch elections, while Katz retains formal control of the Central Committee and the Constitution Committee.

Supporters of the proposal argue that Netanyahu needs flexibility to refresh the list, recruit figures with electoral appeal, and facilitate political alliances ahead of the election.

Gideon Sa’ar is among the names mentioned as a possible candidate for a reserved position.

Supporters view the eight positions as a reasonable compromise compared with Netanyahu’s original demand and with the earlier possibility of canceling the primaries altogether.

The plan has also caused unease among ministers and MKs who are not aligned with Bitan.

Many have avoided publicly confronting Netanyahu, but each reserved position near the top of the list pushes other candidates further down.

An MK who secures the 20th position in the primaries could fall into the 30s once reserved positions, district slots, and guaranteed representation are added.

The secret ballot has therefore caused greater concern in Netanyahu’s office than an open vote, since delegates who publicly support the proposal could vote against it in private.

If the proposal is approved, the primaries are expected to take place on August 17 under the new rules.

If it is rejected, the Likud will face a brief and pressured effort to formulate an alternative system, with Bitan expected to push for a more limited proposal.

One possible compromise would preserve Netanyahu’s reserved positions while rejecting the provision allowing incumbent MKs to compete in district races.

The result would reflect more than a disagreement over the structure of the candidate list.

Approval would strengthen Netanyahu and Katz and demonstrate their control over the new convention.

Rejection would give Bitan, concerned lawmakers, and district activists a significant political victory, while showing that the Likud leadership can no longer assume that the party’s institutions will automatically support every proposal.

“Likud chairman Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu insists that all Likud members be able to exercise their right to vote,” the Likud Party said in response. “In light of the fact that legal delays disrupted the voting process, and many Likud members did not exercise their right to vote, Likud chairman Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu instructed the Likud administration not to hold the vote today and to set a date in the near future for a new vote.”

This post was originally published on here. 

The 43rd Jerusalem Film Festival, which began on July 9 and runs through July 19, had a far more festive atmosphere than the previous two editions, which took place while the war with Hamas continued and Israeli hostages were still held.

So many screenings this year have sold out, and there was an excitement in the air, beginning with the opening screening at the Sultan’s Pool amphitheater, where 6,000 movie buffs watched the Israeli premiere of Moshe Rosenthal’s coming-of-age drama, Tell Me Everything.

The garden behind the Jerusalem Cinematheque, where the festival was held (with additional screenings at the Lev Smadar theater), was filled with people drinking cocktails and having freshly made pizzas throughout the festival.

But, as we all know, the war isn’t exactly over, and title cards before each screening told audiences where to take shelter if a missile alert were heard during the festival, and several new Israeli films grappled with the war.

One of these was the documentary Find Me, Okay?, by Yula Gidron, which was shown in the Diamond Competition for Full-Length Israeli Documentaries, about the kidnapping and murder of the hostage Eden Yerushalmi from the Nova Festival, and the ordeal her family endured while she was held in Gaza and how their suffering continues.

The title comes from the words Yerushalmi uttered to a police dispatcher as she fled the terrorists, and the movie details her family’s attempt to do just that.

Yerushalmi, who was 24 when she was kidnapped, was held for 11 months and spent much of that time in the tunnels alongside Carmel Gat, Hersh Goldberg-Polin, Alex Lobanov, Almog Sarusi, and Ori Danino, the group that Hersh’s mother, Rachel Goldberg-Polin, dubbed “The Beautiful Six.”

Death of ‘The Beautiful Six’ at the hands of Hamas

They were shot to death at the end of August 2024, and their deaths sparked one of the largest demonstrations of the war, as about half a million people took to the streets all over Israel.

The film focuses on the struggle of Yerushalmi’s mother and sisters to keep her name in people’s minds. “Eden asked us to fight for her. If you were there, wouldn’t you want people to fight for you?” asked one of her sisters.

She also noted the absurdity of how they were urged to go to the US to lobby for her release, where American diplomats told them to go home and pressure the Israeli government. This close-knit family pulled together in the face of the agonizing situation, and their courage is as heartbreaking as it is inspiring.

Another film in the Diamond Competition, Hanan Brandes and Matan Sacofsky’s Good Morning, Gaza, a play on the title of the Robin Williams classic, Good Morning, Vietnam, focuses on a reserve tank driver who broadcasts an improvised podcast to fellow soldiers and tells their stories through radio interviews and raw combat footage from combat.

The movies in the Haggiag Competition for Full-Length Israeli Feature Films are probably the most closely watched in the festival, and those shown there have gone on to receive Oscar nominations and awards, including the Golden Lion at the Venice Film Festival.

The war was present in different ways in several of these movies. Two out of the six movies were about Israelis in Berlin, and these movies, Assaf Machnes’s Where To, and Hadas Ben Aroyo’s I Can’t Say No to Myself, were set just before and after the war began, and the characters find different ways to cope with the fallout from a conflict they would rather forget.

Where To is a two-character movie that explores the bond that forms between Hassan (Ehab Salami, who won an Ophir Award for Eran Kolirin’s Let It Be Morning) and Amir (Ido Tako, who has starred in such films as Tell Me Everything, The Vanishing Soldier, and the Netflix drama, Mary).

Hassan is a hard-working Palestinian cab driver who grew up in a village near Nazareth but had to relocate to Jenin, and eventually left for Germany to earn a better living. Amir is an Israeli whose father committed suicide and who came to Berlin to join his German lover.

Both are lonely and are searching for something to make them feel complete, and the friendship that develops between them is credible and touching. It shows a scene of young people partying in the city that runs parallel to the hard-working immigrants just trying to get by.

Humor in drama

The movie also contains what was an incredibly funny scene, when Hassan is talking to his cousin on speakerphone, while two Israeli passengers (Dov Navon and Sarit Vino Elad) are on board. Hassan and his cousin tease them by dropping words like “jihad” into their conversation, which has nothing to do with politics, and it’s funny to watch them try to keep their cool as they are actually terrified.

The scene everyone is going to talk about from I Can’t Say No to Myself features a young Israeli woman wearing nothing but panties, in a room full of three European men she is planning to have sex with, who sings “Hatikvah,” translating the lyrics into English and stumbling over the word for “yearning.”

It’s much funnier and less shocking than it sounds, partly because the characters spend much of the movie nude or in their underwear, so you are used to it by then. I’ll have more to say about this movie when it is released, but, like Where To, it is effective in conveying the aimlessness and hopes of young Israelis in Berlin, who want to forget what is going on at home but can’t quite manage it.

Two of the Haggiag movies are quiet, slice-of-life dramas that focus on people who often fall through the cracks. Ruthy Pribar’s What is to Come?, which had its world premiere at the Tribeca Festival, tells the story of a widow, Yehudit (Ronit Yudkevitch), whose farm has gone bankrupt.

Alone in her grief and feeling helpless to cope with her debts, she flees to Eilat, where she works as a maid in a small hotel run by Eli (Yaakov Zada Daniel), and bonds with a family of foreign workers.

Efrat Corem’s Heart of Gold is about a withdrawn bus inspector in Ashkelon, traumatized by horrific childhood abuse and neglect, who finds an abandoned baby and takes him home rather than going to the police. Chen Amsalem Zaguri, Israeli Atias, and Menashe Noy star in it.

The final two feature films were from communities whose voices are heard less often on screen: Arabs and the haredim (ultra-Orthodox).

Amal is a collaboration between directors David Ofek and Nahd Bashir and screenwriter Sharon Azulay Eyal, and tells the story of a brave woman (Rebecca Esmeralda Telhami), who lives in an Arab village in the north and rebels against the blood feuds that have taken the lives of so many of the villagers and tries to save both her family and the whole village’s future.

Shuli Rand and Gidi Dar have collaborated on many films, notably Ushpizin, and their latest movie, The Wedding Entertainer (The Tale of Moishe Badhan), may be their best ever.

The fable-like movie, which premiered at the Tribeca Festival, is a meticulously plotted, beautifully acted comedy-drama about a once-famous haredi wedding entertainer (Rand) whose career was derailed by alcoholism, and his search for redemption. American actor/comic Elon Gold co-stars, and even those who have no knowledge of this world will be charmed.

The Israeli movies shown at the festival will be released in theaters and shown on television in Israel throughout the coming year, and many will also be shown at film festivals, mainly Jewish and Israeli ones, around the world.

This post was originally published on here. 

When Vincent Grashaw, who will be a guest of the Jerusalem Film Festival this week, first read the screenplay for Gangland, a crime drama starring Lou Diamond Phillips as a veteran tribal police chief, he was immediately struck by how authentic the world of the film felt.

“It felt wholly authentic and lived-in,” Grashaw said in an interview ahead of his visit to Jerusalem, where he will present the movie. “That’s how it registered to me – very believable.”

Set on the fictional Thunderstone Reservation in the American Southwest, Gangland examines a Native American community struggling with poverty, drug trafficking, gang violence, and the weight of generations of trauma.

Phillips plays Teddy, the head of a small tribal police force, who is joined by Sandra, an officer transferred from outside the community and carrying her own troubled history.

Phillips, who was a rising star in the 1980s in such movies as Stand and Deliver and La Bamba, gives the performance of his career as the troubled but devoted cop.

Grashaw, who previously visited Israel for a wedding, found the script while browsing the Black List, a website where screenwriters can upload their work. The screenplay had not appeared on the organization’s prestigious annual list of highly regarded unproduced scripts. It was simply the first screenplay uploaded by its writer, Zach Montague.

When Grashaw contacted him, he learned that Montague was a Canadian police officer who had worked in communities on reservations.

‘It just felt very real’

“That made a lot of sense because, like I said, it just felt very real,” Grashaw said.

The director had already been interested in gang culture and in the forces that lead people into violent organizations.

“I’ve always been curious about how people can fall into that certain way of life, which is violent and ugly in a lot of ways,” he said. “What was the appeal to it? I was always interested in why people make those decisions.”

Although the script was originally set in Canada, Grashaw and his collaborators adapted it to the United States, where tribal police departments operate under a complex system of agreements and jurisdictions involving local sheriffs and other law-enforcement agencies.

“Sometimes they help each other, and sometimes there’s conflict,” he said. “That’s a real thing in the treaties there, and we thought it was really interesting.”

The filmmakers considered setting the story on a specific reservation, such as Pine Ridge in South Dakota, which has faced serious gang problems. But consultant Marcus Red Thunder, who had previously worked with Phillips on the television series Longmire, advised them not to identify the community with one particular tribe.

“He said, ‘Make it Native American – like it could be any tribe,’” Grashaw recalled.

Red Thunder helped create the fictional Thunderstone Reservation and advised the production on the script, locations, policing, and numerous cultural details.

The film was ultimately shot in Oklahoma, with Native American performers and community members involved both in front of and behind the camera. Some were experienced actors, while others had never performed professionally.

Michael Tubby, who plays gang member Luke Spencer, was appearing in his first movie. Grashaw said Tubby had once belonged to a gang and had served time in prison.

“Lou Diamond Phillips was his hero,” he said. “And here he is acting in the rain opposite him.”

Grashaw acknowledged that he approached the film as an outsider.

“I’m not Native American,” he said. “But I have a curiosity inherently. I want to make movies where I don’t necessarily know the world. I want to inject myself into learning it.”

He described his method as investigative and collaborative. While filmmakers are often advised to tell only stories they know personally, Grashaw said he is also attracted to scripts that offer entry into unfamiliar lives.

‘You fall in love with it’

“You fall in love with it, and then you make it your own, and you learn, and you collaborate,” he said. “I really enjoyed that process on this one.”

One memorable image in the film is a herd of bison, shown both during the story and again near the end.

Grashaw filmed the animals on the Cheyenne and Arapaho reservation after witnessing a similar moment while scouting locations.

“I was like, ‘Please let me film this. This is just beautiful,’” he said. “It’s emotional, actually, to see that, because it’s such a part of their culture.”

At the center of the movie is Phillips, whom Grashaw described as both an exceptional actor and an unusually generous presence on the set.

“He’s a gem,” Grashaw said. “He levels everybody up. He’s such a good guy and really generous to everyone on set.”

The film’s distributors are mounting an awards campaign on his behalf.

“It is his best performance, in my opinion,” he said. “I think a lot of people are seeing that.”

The director was equally enthusiastic about Elisha Pratt, who plays the menacing gang leader Richie Black Lance.

“When those choices are limited, it’s easy to judge,” Grashaw said. “But I at least wanted people to understand where he was coming from and how you can fall into that sort of life.”

That moral ambiguity extends throughout the film. Teddy and Sandra may be the protagonists, but they are not always correct, while even the most threatening characters occasionally have understandable motives.

“Everybody is sort of right and wrong at times,” Grashaw said. “Maybe the heroes and the good guys are right 80% of the time, but wrong 20% of the time.”

Sandra also acts as the audience’s guide into the reservation, but her own experience of drugs, guilt, and loss complicates her perspective. Teddy, Grashaw suggested, may know more about her past than he initially admits, and hires her partly because he senses that her instincts resemble his own.

Beyond the film itself, Grashaw hopes Gangland will create opportunities for its Native American cast members, including Pratt, James Whitecloud, and Riker Sixkiller.

He would especially like to see them cast in stories that are not defined entirely by Native American identity.

“These are fantastic actors,” he said. “I hope their careers flourish as ordinary people, too. I don’t see enough Native American actors in movies that don’t revolve around the theme of their identity. Why not cast these actors in roles that are just everyday life? I hope that happens.”

Gangland is scheduled to be screened on Friday, July 17, at 6:45 p.m. (followed by a Q&A with director Vincent Grashaw) and on Saturday, July 18, at 9:30 p.m.

This post was originally published on here. 

Foreign Minister Gideon Sa’ar revealed links between Global Somud Flotilla activists and Hamas during a conference on the rise of political terrorism, led by US Secretary of State Marco Rubio in Washington on Thursday.

Sa’ar described the links between radical left-wing political movements in the West and Islamist terrorist organizations, asserting that the alliance between extremists is “a real challenge to the values ​​of democracy and freedom.”

He highlighted the Global Sumud Flotilla as a prime example of how terrorist organizations hide behind leftist activist movements. 

The flotilla attempted to breach Israel’s legal naval blockade on the Gaza Strip multiple times under the guise of attempting to deliver humanitarian aid, but, according to Sa’ar, carried no aid materials.

Sa’ar asserted that the flotilla actually aimed to serve the interests of terrorist organizations, mainly Hamas in Gaza. 

“Hamas documents seized by the IDF indicate financing, operational involvement, and covert ownership of the vessels through a Spanish shell company,” he told fellow foreign ministers present at the conference. 

He added that the organization behind the flotilla’s trips was operated through a network connected to Hamas and the Muslim Brotherhood, “thereby giving legitimacy and civilian cover to terrorist organizations and their goals.”

He accused such organizations of “whitewashing of terrorism and its goals” by using left-wing activists to recruit participants, mobilize student groups, and create public pressure. 

Western media outlets, such as the BBC and The New York Times, have fallen for the strategy of using activists to obtain legitimacy for terror-backed movements, Sa’ar said.

Sa’ar highlights Hamas, Hezbollah-linked flotilla activists

Sa’ar specifically highlighted two flotilla activists, Zaher Birawi and Tiago Avila, for their ties to designated terrorist organizations.

According to a 2021 document signed by former Hamas leader Ismail Haniyeh, who was assassinated in Iran in 2024, Birawi is a leading Hamas operative who was involved in organizing flotillas for over 15 years and is the head of Hamas’s European wing. The document, Sa’ar stated, was uncovered from Hamas’s terror tunnels underneath Gaza.

Sa’ar also shared a photo of Avila, a Brazilian citizen and leading pro-Palestinian activist, at the funeral of Hezbollah Secretary General and terrorist leader Hassan Nasrallah.

“The evidence is clear,” Sa’ar asserted. “We have documented direct links between the flotilla’s organizers and terrorist organizations, including Hamas, Islamic Jihad, Hezbollah, and the Popular Front for the Liberation of Palestine. Senior Hamas activists are running these campaigns from Britain and other Western capitals.”

This post was originally published on here. 

The US completed its seventh consecutive night of strikes against Iran in the early morning hours of Saturday, US Central Command (CENTCOM) announced in a statement on X/Twitter.

According to CENTCOM, US forces struck Iranian surveillance sites, military logistics infrastructure, underground weapons storage, and naval capabilities.

Fighter jets, drones, and warships were used to carry out the strikes.

On Friday night, when announcing the start of the strikes, CENTCOM stated that the attack was “designed to continue degrading Iranian military capabilities.”

In a separate statement, CENTCOM also announced that since reimposing the US’s blockade on Iranian ports along the Strait of Hormuz, US forces have redirected four commercial vessels, disabled one vessel, and boarded an additional vessel to ensure compliance with the blockade.

Shortly after CENTCOM announced the strikes, Iranian state media outlets reported that multiple explosions were heard in the central Iranian city of Yazd and that areas of the southwestern city of Ahvaz were attacked by US missiles.

US destroys IRGC surveillance tower used to target vessels in Strait of Hormuz

On Friday, CENTCOM announced that US forces destroyed a surveillance tower along Iran’s Gulf of Oman coastline, part of a surveillance network used for decades by the Islamic Revolutionary Guard Corps (IRGC) to track and target commercial vessels transiting the Strait of Hormuz. 

According to CENTCOM, the tower’s destruction “directly degrades IRGC’s ability to coordinate attacks on innocent civilian crew members.” 

The strike on the Chah Bahar Shahid Kalantari Port surveillance tower came as part of the US’s most recent wave of strikes against Iran conducted early Friday morning. 

The US also denied the IRGC’s claim that they had attacked a US special operations command center and captured or killed US soldiers at al-Tanf in Syria in retaliation for the strikes. 

“Fact: No US troops in the region have recently been killed or captured,” CENTCOM wrote in a post. 

Iran threatens ‘full-scale offensive operations’ if US continues strikes

On Friday, advisor to Iran’s Supreme Leader Mohsen Rezaei threatened that Tehran will “move into a phase of full-scale offensive operations” if the US continues strikes against Iran for “several more days,” during an interview with Iran’s State TV.

He also warned that if the US attempts to seize any locations, Iran may engage in an “offensive war instead of a defensive one.”

This post was originally published on here. 

The IDF detained several Israeli civilians on Friday for illegally crossing into Syrian territory, the military said, following a search operation.

The Israelis, who had crossed from the Majdal Shams area on Thursday, were transferred to the Israel Police for further processing.

Also on Friday, the IDF detained multiple Israelis who attempted to cross into Syria from the Golan Heights, the military added.

The military said that it “strongly condemns” the crossings and attempted crossings, saying that such actions “divert IDF soldiers’ attention from their ongoing operational activities and compromise security.”

“Such actions constitute a criminal offense that endangers civilians and IDF soldiers,” the military added, noting that it expects disciplinary actions against the suspects on the part of the Israeli law enforcement authorities.

Illegal crossings a growing problem for the IDF

The incidents follow several similar incidents throughout July, including as recently as Monday, when the IDF detained several Israelis following an attempted crossing in Syria.

The IDF noted in its statement that it has identified a recent increase in illegal border crossing attempts into Syria, both successful and unsuccessful.

Last week, right-wing “HaBashan Pioneers” movement activists attempted to cross the border in an attempt to establish a Jewish settlement in the area.

About 100 such activists were detained by the IDF after crossing into the Syrian side of Mount Hermon on July 5.

This post was originally published on here. 

As the International Criminal Court (ICC) prepares to vote on the fate of chief prosecutor Karim Khan following accusations of sexual misconduct, one of his alleged victims spoke publicly for the first time about the misconduct in an interview with CNN on Thursday.

A Malaysian lawyer identified only by her first name, Sarah, who has worked for the ICC since 2017, told CNN that the alleged sexual misconduct lasted for over a year after she started working as Khan’s assistant in February 2023.

CNN stated that it had obtained a leaked copy of a United Nations investigative report into the allegations against Khan, in which Sarah claimed that Khan had repeatedly sexually harassed her, subjecting her to non-consensual sexual acts such as groping, kissing, and penetration.

In the interview, Sarah asserted that she never wanted to be forced into this position and described feeling “humiliated” by what she stated were escalating attempts at sexual engagement and violations of emotional boundaries from Khan.

Sarah stated that she froze at times and was afraid to reject Khan’s advances for fear of retaliation that could impact her career and her work visa, which allowed her to live in the Netherlands with her husband and son.

“There is no way for something to be consensual when you have such a power disparity,” she told CNN. “What I think many people don’t understand is that Mr. Khan was not just my boss, he was everyone’s boss.”

Sarah stated that even in early interactions with Khan, he behaved in a manner that made her uncomfortable. Khan reportedly continued to escalate to more overt actions, including entering her hotel room late at night and groping her after pressuring her to join him for a “nap.” 

CNN stated that the UN investigative report found evidence that showed a “factual basis” for the accusations based on reports from Sarah, her colleagues, and witnesses to the alleged abuse.

The report detailed further claims that Khan non-consensually tried to sexually touch Sarah in Khan’s office, his home, and on business trips.

Sarah also alleged that after colleagues expressed concern over her well-being, she told them about the alleged inappropriate conduct. She then reportedly faced pressure from Khan and another ICC employee to write a letter retracting her allegations.

Khan denies allegations of sexual misconduct

Khan has repeatedly denied the accusations made against him and was suspended from his role in June, after months of investigation into the claims.

Khan previously disputed that he had any relationship with Sarah, reportedly telling UN investigators that he “completely denied engaging in any harassment, abuse of authority, inappropriate behavior whatsoever.”

Sarah denies that her claims were a part of alleged Israeli efforts to discredit Khan

After accusations against Khan first emerged, some speculated that Sarah’s allegations were part of an Israeli effort to discredit Khan, who was in the process of seeking arrest warrants for Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu and former defense minister Yoav Gallant in relation to the Israel-Hamas War.

Sarah denied that she had worked as a “state actor” and, according to the UN report, “multiple credible witnesses dismissed the notion that she was a spy.” One ICC employee reportedly told investigators that the accusations against Sarah were “a load of bull.” 

Sarah noted that to work for the ICC, she underwent security clearance investigations, telling CNN that  “If ever there was even a hint of suspicion that I was a state agent of any kind, I would have been dismissed.”

“I think many parties have, for their own agenda, conflated the two things,” she told CNN. “That conflation has only helped to distract and deflect from the validity of that complaint.”

This post was originally published on here. 

I have just returned from Haifa, where I delivered the closing address at a conference on antisemitism that had long been planned and repeatedly postponed because of the war.

There were scholars from 20 countries, 500 participants, and 220 speakers, among them the following three notable mentions: Deborah Lipstadt, who served as the United States Special Envoy to Monitor and Combat Antisemitism until US President Donald Trump took office.

Dina Porat, the eminent historian of the Holocaust, former chief historian of Yad Vashem, and one of the architects of the internationally accepted definition of antisemitism.

Cochav Elkayam-Levy, the young Israeli jurist and expert in international law who, the day after October 7, began documenting the sexual crimes committed by Hamas against Israeli women.

This conference, organized by the Comper Center for the Study of Antisemitism and Racism at the University of Haifa in partnership with the London Centre for the Study of Contemporary Antisemitism and Gratz College, was the largest annual academic gathering devoted to the subject.

Its proceedings ranged from the anti-Zionist obsession of major international organizations and the corruption of language that follows it to the destructive role of social media in amplifying the phenomenon, and the effects of artificial intelligence on the human mind.

It was a great honor for me to deliver its concluding address.

I recalled, of course – as had all those who spoke before me – the unprecedented wave of hatred that has swept across the world since October 7.

But I also insisted that the battle is far from lost.

I reminded the audience that the Jewish people have many allies: among Catholics since Vatican II, among Evangelicals since the Six Day War of 1967, among moderate Muslims, and among liberals of integrity everywhere.

And I dwelt at length on the tour of American campuses that I undertook a year ago, where I found that it was entirely possible to shake the certainties of lecture halls convinced that Israel is a colonial state, founded on apartheid, and potentially genocidal.

At times, I reminded them that Israel is, historically, a decolonized nation, born of one of the first great decolonial movements of the postwar era, wrested from the leading colonial power of the time, the British Empire.

At other moments, I showed that a state which grants equal civil rights to all its citizens, and in which one citizen out of five is Arab and often openly hostile to the very principles of Zionism, is the exact opposite of an apartheid regime.

And then, finally, I explained that I reported on one genocide at the age of 20 in Bangladesh, and another at 60 in Darfur; that I have reflected extensively on several others – the Armenian genocide, the extermination of the Tutsi in Rwanda, and, of course, the Holocaust. 

I further explained that it is not only morally obscene but logically absurd to speak of genocide in a war where warnings are issued before strikes, humanitarian corridors are opened every day, and ceasefires are constantly being negotiated.

And the fact is that these arguments of reason had an effect. 

Folly wavered.

And, sometimes, an entire auditorium changed its mind.

In short, in Haifa I delivered a speech of combat – but also, I believe, of hope.

Politics and profound injustice

And yet.

Of course, there were Israelis in the audience.

They came from the Right and the Left.

Supporters and opponents of Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu.

Among them were Jews, of course, but also – as Haifa is that singular city where different communities do not merely live side by side but share the same neighborhoods, the same streets, the same apartment buildings – Druze, Kurds, and Arabs.

What struck me was that, as they listened, these Israelis remained possessed by a feeling stronger than any argument: the feeling of being the victims of a profound injustice.

Of being cast, without examination or judgment, beyond the pale of the democratic nations. Of being boycotted – whether they were scholars, writers, filmmakers, musicians, or simply students – regardless of their individual opinions.

Of being betrayed, or on the verge of betrayal, by great democracies whose right to criticize this or that Israeli government they readily accepted, but which they had never imagined would go so far as to suspend their support, restrict arms deliveries, and leave them alone to face the enemy.

The feeling, among those who had all too rashly placed their hopes in Trump, that they could be traded away overnight for a Qatari mess of pottage or a deal with Tehran.

And then, whatever new alliances might emerge, there was the vertigo inspired by an America caught in the double whirlwind of a radical Left that would not mind “globalizing the Intifada,” and a MAGA Right outraged at the prospect of being dragged into yet another “Jewish war.”

I was also there to present the Hebrew language edition of The Solitude of Israel.

And I found myself thinking that I could almost have given the book a different title: The Sadness of Israel.

This post was originally published on here. 

Content warning: This article contains disturbing references and descriptions of sexual assault. Reader discretion is advised.

A pediatrician at a Tel Aviv clinic has been charged with repeatedly committing indecent acts against an employee over several months, including incidents that allegedly involved the use of force, according to an indictment filed this week.

The indictment alleges that the doctor’s conduct escalated from unwanted touching and kissing to physically restraining the employee and committing sexual acts against her despite her repeated resistance and demands that he stop.

74-year-old Lod resident Merabi Janshvili was charged with indecent acts and indecent acts by force. The indictment was filed in the Tel Aviv Magistrate’s Court by attorney Sharon Har Zion of the Tel Aviv District Attorney’s Office.

Janshvili worked as a pediatrician at a Clalit Health Services clinic in Tel Aviv, where the complainant began working in 2025.

Shortly after she began working at the clinic, Janshvili allegedly started touching her on numerous occasions. According to the indictment, he stroked her head, shoulders, and face and touched her back, all against her will and for the purpose of sexual arousal, gratification, or humiliation. 

The alleged conduct later escalated. Janshvili initially kissed the complainant on the back of her neck, according to the indictment. On later occasions, he allegedly pulled her toward him as she passed him in the clinic, stroked her face, and kissed her against her will.

During another incident, Janshvili allegedly closed the door after the complainant entered his office, hugged her, and kissed her on the face.

Janshvili ignored victim’s attempts to resist

The indictment states that he ignored her resistance and attempts to free herself from his grasp, telling her, “give me a little more.” She was able to leave the office only after breaking free.

On January 29, 2025, the complainant entered Janshvili’s office after examining his ear. He allegedly asked her to close the door, pushed her toward the examination table, lifted her shirt, touched her beneath her bra, and committed indecent acts against her.

He then allegedly placed her hand on his genitals over his clothing, against her will. Despite her repeated requests that he stop, he continued and only later allowed her to leave, according to the indictment.

During another incident, the complainant entered Janshvili’s office to deliver a document to him. He allegedly instructed her to close the door, hugged her, kissed her against her will, and asked her to touch his genitals.

When she refused, he allegedly placed her hand on his genitals over his clothing. He then pushed her toward the examination table and continued to hug and kiss her.

The complainant escaped only after telling him that patients were waiting outside and that she had to return to work.

In February 2025, Janshvili allegedly approached the complainant while she was standing near a photocopier, kissed her on the face against her will, and left the area.

Additional indictment against Janshvili

Another incident allegedly occurred shortly before Purim that year, after a patient asked Janshvili to provide her with documents.

When the complainant entered his office, he allegedly closed the door, hugged her, pinned her against a wall, and lifted her shirt and bra.

He also allegedly touched her breasts and genital area over her clothing. When she begged him to stop, he replied, “no,” and attempted to move her toward the examination table.

According to the indictment, he released her only after she said she had to return to work.

On March 30, 2025, the clinic manager entered Janshvili’s office during one of the alleged incidents. The complainant moved away from him, while he stroked her shoulder and kissed her on the face, according to the indictment.

When asked about his actions, Janshvili replied, “I am asking you not to touch me anymore,” before leaving the office, the indictment states.

The State Attorney’s Office alleges that the acts were committed repeatedly and without the complainant’s free consent. Some of the alleged offenses involved the use of force and were carried out for the purpose of sexual arousal, gratification, or humiliation.

This post was originally published on here. 

The over 150-year-old antislavery documents currently on display at the Lincoln Memorial are being removed after exposure to unsafe temperatures, The Washington Post reported on Thursday, citing a spokesperson for philanthropist Kenneth C. Griffin.

“The National Park Service (NPS) has informed us that the documents on view for the Lincoln Memorial celebration were exposed to temperatures modestly above the optimal conditions for long-term preservation,” the spokesperson said in a Wednesday statement to The Washington Post.

“Out of an abundance of caution, these sacred documents are being temporarily relocated while the National Park Service resolves the environmental challenges driven by the heatwave engulfing Washington DC.”

Griffin had bought the documents – rare copies of the Emancipation Proclamation and the 13th Amendment to the Constitution, bearing the original signatures of Abraham Lincoln and other American Civil War-era officials – at auction for a reported $18 million in 2025. 

Griffin’s copy of the Emancipation Proclamation is one of 27 remaining copies printed for the 1864 Great Central Fair in Philadelphia. His copy of the 13th Amendment, which outlawed slavery in the United States, is one of only 15 known signed copies.

The original documents are housed in the National Archive.

Griffin’s copies have been on loan at the Lincoln Memorial’s new undercroft exhibition since its opening in late June, in honor of the United States’s 250th anniversary. Their display was slated to be open through June 2027.

The $69 million exhibit takes up some 15,000 square feet in the basement of the memorial, allowing visitors a glance into the site’s concrete foundations while telling the story of how it was built.

Documents will be moved to a climate-controlled facility

The documents will be moved to a climate-controlled facility. There, they will undergo a detailed inspection to identify the extent of the damage, a person familiar with the matter shared with The Washington Post.

The move comes after City Cast DC reported on Wednesday, citing NPS employees, that the screens designed to protect the documents from light are defective, and that the temperature inside the display case has repeatedly risen to over 80 degrees Fahrenheit.

On its website, the National Archives’ recommended temperature for historic documents should stay between 65 and 75 degrees Fahrenheit.

The temperature in Washington however rose into the 90s (Fahrenheit) on Wednesday, and is expected to rise to over 100𝇈F on Thursday. 

“The National Park Service is committed to the preservation of these historic resources and would not display them if their preservation or security were compromised,” said a National Park Service Spokespereson in a Wednesday statement to The Washington Post. “Once this work is complete, the documents will be returned. Our absolute priority is their long-term preservation.”

Responsibility to strengthen the American promise

“Most Americans know these documents from textbooks. Very few ever have the chance to stand in front of them and reflect on what they changed,” explained National Park Foundation President and CEO Jeff Reinbold at the opening of the exhibit in June. “Not only for the nation, but for millions of individual lives.”

“Bringing them to the Lincoln Memorial this year creates a powerful connection between the ideals carved into this monument and the unfinished American story they represent, he said and thanked Griffin for “helping make that experience possible for visitors from around the world.”

“Since our founding, America has been on a journey to form a more perfect union,” said Griffin at the exhibit opening. “The Emancipation Proclamation and the 13th Amendment marked a profound step forward, abolishing the scourge of slavery and moving the country closer to its founding ideals.”

“As we approach our nation’s 250th anniversary, I am proud to partner with the National Park Foundation to share these sacred documents as a reminder of our ongoing responsibility to strengthen the promise of America.”  

This post was originally published on here. 

Content warning: This article contains disturbing references and descriptions of sexual assault. Reader discretion is advised.

A Lod mathematics teacher was arrested on Wednesday on suspicion of repeatedly committing sexual offenses against one of his students, according to Israeli media.

The suspect, who is in his 20s, teaches at a recently opened middle school affiliated with a well-known, long-established high school. Police suspect the alleged offenses occurred on several separate occasions and involved the same student.

The suspect linked himself to the alleged offenses during questioning after investigators presented him with some of the evidence collected in the case, Walla reported.

Following a court hearing, the teacher’s attorney, Rotem Sari, said his client “claims that the relations were consensual.” When Walla asked how consent could be claimed when the alleged victim was a child, Sari replied, “At this stage, the matters are being examined.”

Police opened an investigation in recent days after receiving information about the alleged offenses at the Tel Aviv North Police Station in the Yarkon District.

Investigators carried out a series of evidence-gathering measures before obtaining a warrant for the teacher’s arrest. He was subsequently arrested and taken in for questioning.

The Tel Aviv Magistrate’s Court on Thursday extended the suspect’s detention by five days at the request of police to allow the investigation to continue.

Police request publication of suspect’s name

Police also asked the court to permit publication of his name to determine whether there are additional victims who have not yet filed complaints.

Sari opposed the request, and the court issued a gag order barring the publication of the suspect’s name at this stage.

“This is a teacher who was arrested yesterday on suspicion of engaging in sexual contact with one of his students. There is no dispute that these were consensual acts; there are other issues regarding age and so on. At this stage, this is a very, very preliminary stage, and therefore his name is still prohibited from publication, and the hearing is being held behind closed doors,” Sari said.

“I believe that as the investigation progresses, matters will become clearer and it will become apparent that the situation is not as serious as claimed,” he added. “At this stage, all matters are being examined, including the full nature of the allegations.

“Because the proceedings are at such an early stage, I believe it is too soon to comment,” continued Sari. “It is true that, at this stage, and in light of the preliminary nature of the matter and the existence of reasonable suspicion, his detention was extended by five days.”

Takana Forum director says allegations a breach of trust

Attorney Lili Getz Horowitz, director of the Takana Forum, which was established to combat sexual abuse involving relationships of authority and power, said the allegations represented a serious breach of trust.

“Sexual abuse of a student by an educator is not only a criminal offense, but a profound betrayal of the trust of the child and of society as a whole,” said Horowitz. “If the suspicions are found to be true, this constitutes a serious exploitation of a relationship of authority and power by someone whose role is to educate and serve as a personal example.”

“Precisely because such abuse does not begin in a single moment, but sometimes through the blurring of boundaries, an unusual personal relationship, or conduct that is inconsistent with the role of an educator, it is important to remain alert to every small sign that may indicate improper conduct,” she added. “Open dialogue with children, listening, and the early identification of warning signs can prevent the next incident of abuse and save additional children.” 

This post was originally published on here. 

Fresh produce supplier Taylor Farms is preparing a recall tied to ingredients linked to a multistate Cyclospora outbreak, according to a Bloomberg News report, as the company says its branded salad products are not associated with the illnesses.

Bloomberg, citing a document viewed by the outlet, reported Friday that the California-based produce company told federal regulators it is preparing a recall connected to the Food and Drug Administration’s investigation into the parasite outbreak. The scope of any potential recall was not immediately clear, and it remains unclear which products could be affected.

Taylor Farms responded Friday in a statement posted to Instagram, saying none of its branded salad kits are associated with the outbreak and that it is voluntarily removing iceberg lettuce sourced from central Mexico through its Taylor Farms de Mexico operation after receiving information from the FDA.

FDA SAYS TACO BELL TO STOP USING LETTUCE SUPPLIER LINKED TO MULTISTATE PARASITE OUTBREAK

“As a family owned and operated company, we are deeply concerned for those who became ill, their families, and the many Americans whose trust in the safety of their fresh produce has been shaken,” the company said.

The company added: “No Taylor Farms branded salads or kits are associated with this outbreak. No Taylor Farms branded salad kits contain iceberg lettuce.”

Taylor Farms said the FDA’s trace back investigation identified what it described as “a specific independent farm” representing less than 1% of the U.S. iceberg lettuce supply as the potential source of the outbreak. The company said it has removed all iceberg lettuce from that growing region indefinitely.

OHIO MAN SUES TACO BELL FRANCHISEE, CLAIMING CYCLOSPORA INFECTION LEFT HIM SICK FOR 2 WEEKS

The development comes days after Taco Bell removed some lettuce from restaurants in parts of the Midwest after federal health officials linked illnesses to shredded lettuce served at the fast-food chain and pointed investigators to a single supplier.

Cyclospora is a microscopic parasite that can cause severe diarrhea, nausea, stomach cramps, fatigue and other gastrointestinal symptoms.

CLICK HERE TO GET FOX BUSINESS ON THE GO

The FDA has not publicly identified a definitive source of the outbreak, and its investigation remains ongoing.

Taylor Farms did not immediately respond to FOX Business’ request for additional comment. The FDA also did not immediately respond to a request for comment.

This post was originally published here. 

Costco shoppers have a new reason to linger after loading their carts with bulk paper towels and oversized snack packs: The retailer has added chicken strips to its famously affordable food court menu.

The new offering includes five large, breaded chicken breast strips and a container of dipping sauce for $6.99. The combo clocks in at 1,640 calories.

After appearing in select test markets earlier this year, the strips are now being reported at Costco warehouses across the country.

WEALTHY AMERICANS CHOOSE ONE GROCERY STORE CHAIN OVER RIVALS, SURVEY FINDS

The chicken strips join a food court lineup best known for its $1.50 hot dog and soda combo, oversized pizza slices and selection of sandwiches and desserts. 

At nearly $7, the strips are more expensive than Costco’s signature hot dog deal. The orange-colored dipping sauce has drawn nearly as much attention as the chicken itself. 

Reviewers have compared its appearance to sauces served at popular chicken chains, though its flavor has been described as closer to a tangy or zesty honey mustard.

“Costco just dropped new chicken strips!!! Someone check on @chickfila; if there was a @costco drive-through, it would be over,” Costco food blogger Lucas Gomes, @therealkirklandking, shared in an Instagram reel. “This sauce does not taste like Chick-fil-A sauce. I don’t know what this mystery sauce is, but it’s good.”

COSTCO SAYS YOUR NEXT CHECKOUT COULD TAKE UNDER 10 SECONDS THANKS TO NEW AUTOMATED PAY STATIONS

As with many changes to Costco’s closely watched food court, the reaction has been mixed. Some shoppers have praised the size of the strips and called the meal a strong value. Others have criticized the chicken as salty, dry or too heavily breaded.

Costco has made several notable menu changes in recent years, including replacing its churro with a large chocolate chip cookie and introducing new sandwich options.

GET FOX BUSINESS ON THE GO BY CLICKING HERE

FOX Business reached out to Costco for comment.

This post was originally published here. 

Kim Strassell writing today in the Wall Street Journal argues that Vice President Vance has gone AWOL. 

The leader of the Senate could bring Congress together, but he’s hawking a book. 

My pal Ben Domenech, writing in the Daily Wire, suggests that Mr. Vance is in desperate need of a “nineties summer”.

Right now, Mr. Domenech explains, Mr. Vance is too online. The vice president pays too much attention to social media that he appears to be blaming Israel for a peace deal with Iran that was poorly put together from the very beginning, and of course ripped to pieces by Iran. 

The nineties summer? Chill out with minimal screen time, maximum outdoor time, and major family time. 

The New York Post editorial board is even more direct: Mr. Vance is wrong to blame Israel for his Iran peace deal’s failure thus far. 

And the Post warns that Mr. Vance is flirting with rank antisemitism.  

Just as baffling was Mr. Vance’s podcast with The Daily Wire where he attacked the free-market, free-enterprise, school-choice icon, Milton Friedman, then attacked the equally capitalist free enterprise iconic British prime minister, Margaret Thatcher. And then later in the interview attacked the concept of meritocracy. Huh?

President Trump has done all he can to get rid of woke DEI affirmative action on steroids produced by President Obama and then President Biden, in order to restore the great American principle of merit-based achievement. And Mr. Vance is attacking that?

Or we have all these howling far-left socialists — Mayor Zohran Mamdani, Congresswoman Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez, Senator Bernie Sanders, virtually the whole Democratic Party — screaming for big-government socialism or communism in order to nationalize the economy and continue their antisemitic, hate-based policies railing against Israel and Jewish people in general. And Mr. Vance is somehow cross-ruffing to that?

I’m sure he means well and I don’t want this to sound personal because I’ve always gotten along with him. Frankly, though, I don’t understand what he’s doing and I truly believe he needs to step back a moment for a great reset of his policy priorities and his own actions.

This post was originally published here. 

 As wildfires burn millions of acres across Canada, smoke has descended upon cities across the United States, with air quality plummeting to unhealthy levels. In New York City, emergency room visits for asthma exacerbations jumped by 31% by the end of the first day. The timing could not have been worse for a city already in the throes of the second major heat wave of the season.

Extreme weather events represent the cyclical and compounding relationship between fossil fuel combustion, a warming climate, natural disasters, and related illnesses. Some may view them as proof the climate crisis has already become insurmountable. However, history teaches us to never let a health-related environmental crisis go to waste.

Read the rest…

This post was originally published here. 

Coming out of summer recess, California lawmakers will tackle condominium construction defect legislation that has cleared committees and passed one chamber.

Assembly Bill 1903 is one of two condo bills introduced this year by state lawmakers. It would change condo construction defect liability rules to create a true “right-to-repair” process, letting developers fix problems before facing high-stakes litigation.

The other bill, AB 1406, would raise the state’s liquidated-damages limit on new condo sales from 3% of the purchase price to 6%. The change would give developers more certainty by discouraging buyers from walking away from deals.

Backers call the bill “condo deposit reform,” and it’s meant to modernize a rule that’s among the strictest in the country. The California Association of Realtors stalled the bill in a General Assembly committee, playing on concerns over shifting risk from builders to buyers. Supporters say it now has little chance of passing.

California’s condo push comes as Congress revisits its own safety financing debate. Rep. Debbie Wasserman Schultz (D-Fla.) and Rep. Maria Elvira Salazar (R-Fla.) have revived a bill offering low-interest loans for structural repairs. Their effort, tied to the 2021 anniversary of the condo tower collapse in Surfside, Florida, could reshape how condo associations nationwide fund safety work.

Challenges in condo construction

California lawmakers have wrestled with housing affordability for years. Since the COVID-19 pandemic, they’ve focused on reducing regulatory barriers while pushing local governments toward zoning reforms designed to increase housing density and variety.

Housing advocates have targeted condos because so few have been built over the past two decades. They blame litigation and insurance costs tied to defect liability.

Research backs the claim. Condo construction has collapsed in Los Angeles since its 2005-06 peak, according to a 2024 study published by the Terner Center for Housing Innovation at the University of California at Berkeley. Starts fell from more than 8,000 units per year to a level that never recovered after the Great Recession, a trend repeated across the state’s major metro areas.

Defect liability litigation and insurance costs are a major factor, adding an estimated $8,100 to $18,300 per unit in hard costs on a typical Los Angeles project, a Terner Center follow-up study found. Researchers say liability isn’t the only culprit, but it’s significant enough that many developers have simply switched to building apartments instead.

Fixing the law

AB 1903 cleared the state Senate Judiciary Committee with amendments that narrowed its scope after pushback from consumer advocates.

The bill originally proposed a “certified building” process, letting builders hire private inspectors to certify a project while locking in a nonchallengeable status with builder-controlled repair and claims procedures. The author agreed to strike that framework from the bill.

Other changes softened, rather than eliminated, some of the bill’s more aggressive provisions. Instead of barring recovery of investigative costs and extrapolated claims outright, the amended bill limits investigative costs unless builders get 21 days’ notice and a chance to attend testing.

A proposed mandatory motion to dismiss for noncompliant claim notices became discretionary, leaving it to judges rather than being automatic. The bill’s author also agreed to drop a requirement that claimants prove a defect caused damage to another building component. The bill instead will revise defect performance standards on a forward-looking basis.

The amended bill still must clear another committee and return to the General Assembly for approval.

This post was originally published on here. 

President Donald Trump said Friday that the United States would hold Canada responsible for the smoke from wildfires that drifted down from Ontario and impacted the air quality of multiple states this week.
“We are holding Canada responsible for the fact that they are not properly maintaining their Forests, and Brush therein, and the United States is being unnecessarily invaded by filthy, polluted, and unhealthy air, the quality of which is dangerous, and totally unacceptable!” Trump said in a Friday post on Truth Social.
Trump’s statement came after about a dozen states issued warnings and alerts on Thursday and Friday as smoke from the Canadian wildfires drifted across the Northeast and northern Midwest. The National Weather Service confirmed Friday that air quality alerts were in place due to the air quality in the Northeast and the Great Lakes region being considered “unhealthy” or “hazardous.” …

This post was originally published here. 

As high housing costs nationwide continue to reshape buyer decisions, many house hunters, including first-time buyers, are turning to relatively affordable inland college towns, pushing home prices in some of those markets up at double-digit rates, according to a July 15 Redfin report.
The national real estate brokerage defines a “college town” as one in which at least 10 percent of the population is made up of students at a four-year accredited college and is located at least 30 miles from a metro area that has a population of more than a million people.
Ranking the most and least expensive college towns, Redfin noted that many of the most affordable markets were in the Midwest and South, attributing their lower median home prices to more abundant land and lower homebuilding costs. …

This post was originally published here. 

Rahm Emanuel, who is exploring a run for the US presidency in 2028, came to Tel Aviv to warn that Israel was losing international legitimacy, that its current trajectory with the Palestinians was unsustainable, and that fundamental changes are needed to preserve the alliance with America. He’s right – but he’s also only telling half the story.

There’s indeed no doubt that Israel, under the leadership of Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu, is losing the Democratic Party, which has long been a friend and which may soon be back in power, whether in Congress or at the White House. Indeed, Netanyahu’s Israel – with its hubris, indifference to the world and vulgar populism – is also rapidly losing the Republican Party; the death of Sen. Lindsey Graham badly weakens its non-antisemitic, non-isolationist wing.

I reject the pedantic argument that says outsiders have no right to lecture. This is a globally connected world in which events in one country can ripple across the planet. In fact, Israel’s mess contributed to the Democratic loss of the White House in 2024.

The problem is not what the former Chicago mayor and Obama official said in his Tel Aviv speech last Wednesday. The problem is what he did not: Israel would have trouble among Democrats no matter what it did, because of a virus that has infected the American Left.

Somewhat centrist Democrats like Emanuel would like to be able to support Israel again wholeheartedly. But the “Progressive” faction views Israel as a totem for everything it opposes: colonialism, the idea of Western civilization, nationalism, and inequality. This is why Israel appears repeatedly in debates that ostensibly concern other subjects: racial justice, capitalism, colonialism, gender politics, and academic freedom.

This ideological fixation around hating Israel, turbocharged by vicious social media campaigns that are well-financed by outside actors, is the reason why, after the Hamas-led massacres on October 7, 2023, universities across the United States saw large-scale protests, encampments, and demands for divestment from Israel – the victim.

Criticism of Israel is not antisemitic. I criticize Israel. Nor is displeasure with Zionism automatically antisemitic: one may believe that nationalism itself is outdated, or that the creation of Israel was historically unjust. The problem begins when Israel is singled out by standards applied to no other country – and when its own suffering is dismissed.

The world is overflowing with injustice, much of it barely noticed.

Tens of millions of Kurds live without a state, divided among Turkey, Iraq, Iran, and Syria. Catalans and other distinct national groups have their own languages, histories, and identities but no sovereign country. The Armenians of Nagorno-Karabakh were driven en masse from a land where they had lived for generations.

Entire peoples face something far worse than statelessness. China has subjected the Uyghurs to mass detention, forced labor, and coercive assimilation. Myanmar drove hundreds of thousands of Rohingya from their homes through killing, rape, and village-burning. The Yazidis suffered sexual enslavement at the hands of ISIS – the fellow traveler of Hamas. Afghanistan’s women have been erased from education and public life.

Sudan has been devastated by mass killing, ethnic atrocities, famine, and the displacement of millions. Eastern Congo has endured decades of massacres, sexual violence, and armed conflict. Across the Sahel and Central Africa, civilians are slaughtered, starved, and uprooted. Russia is waging an imperial war against Ukraine, destroying cities, killing civilians, displacing millions, and abducting Ukrainian children.

Where are the campus protests? Where are the fake connections to transgender rights based on “intersectionality”?

Yes, Palestinian civilians have suffered terribly, and concern for them is entirely legitimate. But it’s reasonable to ask why this conflict generates a much higher level of sustained activism and moral outrage than all other humanitarian disasters.

There are antisemites on the Republican and global Right, and historically they have been far more dangerous. But in today’s Democratic coalition, the more new and immediate challenge is that the Progressive faction – still a minority, but growing fast and with tons of frenzied energy – has made hostility toward Israel a central element of its political identity.

That’s the challenge facing Democrats like Emanuel, who still believe in the US-Israel relationship: that the far Left sees Israel as, absurdly, the global symbol of evil – and unlike the right-wing antisemites, they claim it is in the name of justice.

They have international allies for their obsession, of course. The UN Human Rights Council has a permanent agenda item devoted exclusively to Israel – the only country in the world singled out in this way. Since its creation in 2006, the council has adopted more condemnatory resolutions against Israel than against any other country. 

The UN General Assembly has routinely adopted more country-specific resolutions condemning Israel in a single year than against all other countries combined. In 2023, for example, it passed 14 resolutions singling out Israel, and just seven targeting all other countries.

The big question

The political side of this nonsense is the activist ecosystem surrounding the Progressive wing of the Democratic coalition: socialist organizations, racial-justice groups, university activists, Progressive unions, queer organizations, and anti-colonial movements. Jewish Voice for Peace explicitly argues that Palestinian and queer liberation are intertwined, while queer activists have portrayed Israeli references to its comparatively strong LGBTQ protections as “pinkwashing” – an attempt to distract from Palestinian oppression. Hamas, of course, would have them killed; it is not clear if they don’t know this, or don’t care.

So fanatical has this coalition become that one must put a question to Rahm Emanuel.

He’s right when he says that America cannot continue with “the assumption that the best thing Washington could do for Jerusalem was to blindly and silently stand behind your government, without conditions, without demands, and without consequences, when we disagreed.” The Netanyahu coalition – demonizing the Palestinian Authority while enabling Jewish terrorism in the West Bank – is too awful for that. But what if Israel did everything Emanuel wanted?

Suppose it restored a reasonable, moderate, centrist governing coalition after the October election, expelling from power the reprehensible likes of Itamar Ben-Gvir and Bezalel Smotrich. Suppose it ended settlement expansion and committed itself unequivocally to a negotiated two-state settlement. Would the Progressive movement then be mollified and end its obsession? Or would we discover that, for a significant part of this movement, the animating principle is that the Jewish people must not exercise self-determination in any part of their historic homeland?

And if opposition to Israel has become central to Progressives, then what exactly is the Democratic Party going to do about it?

Will centrist Democratic leaders call out the madness? Will they state clearly and repeatedly that they support Israel’s right to exist as a Jewish and democratic state within borders negotiated with legitimate Palestinian representatives? Will they say plainly that they oppose not only Israeli extremism but also the jihadist project that rejects any Jewish state in the Middle East? Will they defend Israel’s existence with the same moral clarity with which they condemn the abysmal failures of the Netanyahu coalition?

And do they believe they can prevail? Can Progressives be persuaded to distinguish between opposing Netanyahu, opposing settlements, and opposing Israel itself?

Emanuel, having inserted himself into this debate and having prescribed a political transformation for Israel, owes us an answer to a fundamental question: Are moderate Democrats ready for a fight that would set their house in order?

The writer is the former Cairo-based Middle East editor and London-based Europe/Africa editor of the Associated Press, the former chairman of the Foreign Press Association in Jerusalem, and the author of two books.

This post was originally published on here. 

Seven American aid workers who had been in Congo to fight the Ebola outbreak are quarantining at a new isolation facility in Kenya after the US government introduced travel restrictions, the head of a US charity employing them told Reuters.

The aid workers are the first known people to quarantine at the facility, which has sparked huge opposition in Kenya and is at the heart of a legal case in which a court has ordered the work to be suspended. Construction continued, however, according to US officials and satellite imagery reviewed by Reuters.

Washington’s new policy says American citizens returning from the Democratic Republic of Congo, where there is an Ebola outbreak, must spend three weeks in a third country before entering the United States.

The US government is building the 50-bed bio-isolation unit on an air force base in central Kenya for asymptomatic Americans exposed to the virus in the Democratic Republic of Congo or Uganda. Many Kenyans are angered at what they see as the US offloading the health risk such patients pose.

Last month, Kenya’s health minister announced an immediate halt to the facility’s construction after he was found in contempt of court for failing to observe the order to halt work pending a final ruling.

“Samaritan’s Purse has seven American Disaster Assistance Response Team staff members there,” Franklin Graham, president and CEO of Samaritan’s Purse, told Reuters in response to questions.

“None of them have any symptoms, but they are being quarantined by the Kenyan government for 21 days,” Graham said.

 Aid workers under US health observation

A US State Department official told Reuters a group of asymptomatic Americans who had served on the front lines of the Ebola response had “voluntarily moved to the Kenya facility for precautionary monitoring and isolation.”

“Kenyan authorities have authorized their movement into the facility under the observation of the US Public Health Service clinicians,” the official said, adding that the decision was taken “strictly out of an abundance of caution.”

Kenyan health ministry officials did not immediately respond to calls or requests for comment on the move. A senior Kenyan foreign ministry official said they had no information on it.

Another source familiar with the matter who asked for anonymity said that the group had arrived at the site in central Kenya on Monday and were sleeping in army cots in tents.

He said some had treated Ebola patients at the Christian aid group’s treatment centers in Congo, but others had carried out work such as construction, with no direct contact with the sick.

“There is one potential high-risk exposure,” he said, adding that their health was being monitored. Kenyan authorities are not allowing the group to leave the facility and travel elsewhere in the country, he added.

The often ​fatal viral disease spreads through direct contact with bodily fluids from infected people ​or animals.

Calls for treatment in Kenya

Samaritan’s Purse, which has been promised several million dollars from the Trump administration for the Ebola response, is an evangelical Christian group that works in disaster zones around the world.

It is one of the biggest foreign aid groups treating Ebola in Congo and has the largest number of Americans there, working closely alongside the World Health Organization to contain the outbreak.

One of its US staff members who caught Ebola earlier this month was transferred to a hospital in Germany on Monday. The State Department official said any decisions on treatment would be made on a case-by-case basis.

There is no proven treatment for or vaccine against the rare Bundibugyo species of the virus, which has already killed at least 828 people since mid-May, and the World Health Organization says it is still spreading largely undetected.

Graham, who had criticized the travel restrictions, said he would like Americans who catch Ebola to benefit from treatment in Kenya, after members of the group toured the facility this week.

“It’s a state-of-the-art facility. If somebody did get sick, that’s the place you want to take them,” he said.

This post was originally published on here. 

In the midst of the Holocaust, a child sang a song about his mother’s death in the Bershad ghetto, a pocket of current-day Ukraine that was occupied by Romania and Nazi Germany. In the song, the child watches strangers come and pray for his mother, and other strangers carry her away to be buried, but none pay attention to him. 

This story was discovered in a trove of 263 songs collected by Moisei Beregovsky, a Soviet Jewish ethnomusicologist who recorded Yiddish music from Jews in Ukraine just after they were liberated from the Romanian occupation in 1944. 

The music rescued from the Holocaust was nearly lost in Joseph Stalin’s crackdown on Yiddish culture. Beregovsky was arrested in the Soviet Union in 1950, accused of “Jewish nationalism” and sent to a gulag for six years. The music was confiscated, and Beregovsky died in 1961. Only in the 1990s did librarians discover his collection in the basement of Ukraine’s Vernadsky National Library in Kyiv. 

Now, the song about a mother’s death is one of 15 in Yiddish Glory: The Silenced Songs of World War II, an album released in April by Six Degrees Records. It was compiled by Anna Shternshis, a professor of Yiddish and Jewish studies at the University of Toronto, together with 17 musicians. 

Shternshis took the album on tour in May to perform concerts across Asia, with stops in Seoul, Shanghai, Hong Kong and Beijing. The music project is complemented by a new book she published in June, Postwar Life, Hopes, and Fears, the latest in a series about the history of Soviet Jews published by New York University Press.  

The story behind the song Dear Mama may not align with historical truths 

At first, Shternshis believed the song now titled Dear Mama gave an account of daily life in the Bershad ghetto, where more than 8,000 people died of hunger and disease. But the more she patched together testimonies and memoirs, the more she recognized a series of untruths.

Funerals were scarcely allowed in occupied Bershad, and public prayers for the dead were virtually impossible, said Shternshis. She realized that this song was fiction, an imagination of a dignified death.

“One of the biggest traumas that people had in the Bershad ghetto was that no one would notice the death,” Shternshis told the Jewish Telegraphic Agency. “So the song that did talk about the lack of empathy, but also talked about the funeral, was actually a fantasy that all these things would happen, a prayer, a grave.”

This is Shternshis’ second Yiddish Glory album, aiming to resurrect music from witnesses of the Holocaust in the Soviet Union. Her first album in 2018, titled Yiddish Glory: The Lost Songs of World War II, was nominated for a Grammy. 

That project was the first she reaped from the discovery of Beregovsky’s documents, and it focused largely on songs collected from Russian soldiers who fought against the Nazis. The Silenced Songs album centers almost entirely on Jews who lived in the ghettos and concentration camps of Ukraine’s Vinnytsia region, which was occupied by Romania and Nazi Germany from 1941 to 1944.

Shternshis wanted to trace the footsteps of Beregovsky, who was himself a survivor of the Holocaust. After Germany invaded the Soviet Union in 1941, Beregovsky and other academics from the Ukrainian Academy of Sciences were evacuated to the eastern republic of Bashkir. He returned to Ukraine in 1944 with a group of scholars, including linguists and folklorists, seeking to record music from survivors. 

Beregovsky hoped to publish this music. Because of that, he and his editors likely tailored the words to make them acceptable to the Soviet regime after World War II, said Shternshis. That meant removing explicit references to Jewish despair, which could contradict the Soviet narrative of total victory. 

Any such alterations were not sufficient. When Beregovsky was arrested, his interrogators accused him of promoting “Jewish nationalism” by coaching his subjects to speak about their experiences as Jews. He never saw his musical documents returned, and he believed they were destroyed. 

These words kept. being silenced

“This is why we called this album The Silenced Songs of World War II,” said Shternshis. “Because those words kept being silenced, first by self-censorship, then by scholars and editors who tried to preserve it, and then by Stalin’s government.”

Her goal was to present not just eyewitness accounts of the Holocaust, but also partial truths and untruths, like the fantasy of a mother surrounded by prayers in the Bershad ghetto. The result was a patchwork of stories that mattered to people living through extreme violence, death and censorship.

Pavel Lion, a Russian literature scholar better known by his stage name Psoy Korolenko, played a key role as a singer-songwriter on both Yiddish Glory albums. Kolorenko grew up in a secular Jewish family in Russia during the Soviet era. Yiddish was not spoken in his home, other than a few words from his grandmother, but he became deeply interested in Yiddish music as a young adult. 

The more Korolenko studied klezmer music, the more he discovered a “latent, indirect, unconscious Jewish heritage,” he said. Although the Soviet Union repressed many forms of Jewish culture and communal life, Korolenko said he gradually became aware of how Jewish history marked popular music during his childhood in the 1970s. 

“Many composers in the Soviet Union were influenced by Yiddish popular folk and theater songs, sometimes directly, because many of them in that generation were actually Jewish,” said Korolenko. 

He added that broader trends in popular music during the Soviet era embraced folk genres.

“The entire spectrum of post-imperial music included peasant songs, Romani gypsy songs, street songs , and one of the important trends, klezmer folk and theater songs in Yiddish,” said Korolenko. “These were trends that came from the periphery to the center in the Soviet Union.”

While Shternshis extracted a growing body of songs with sheet music from Beregovsky’s archive, she found other documents with lyrics alone. Korolenko wrote melodies for these songs from scratch, drawing on his knowledge of Yiddish, Soviet and 19th-century Russian music traditions. 

Yiddish Glory songs performed in Asia

Shternshis and Korolenko traveled together to perform the Yiddish Glory songs in Asia. Most of their audiences were hearing Yiddish music for the first time, translated through subtitles.

Sealing Cheng, a professor at the Chinese University of Hong Kong who researches migration, forced displacement and gender, hosted the pair for a concert that drew about 80 attendees. Cheng said much of the audience knew little about the history of Soviet Jews and the daily experiences of Holocaust victims. Many learned about the period through their regional history: Hong Kong was occupied during World War II by Japan, which allied with Nazi Germany to expand its empire and committed atrocities in Asia.  

“I don’t think we have a lot of discussion of what World War II was like outside of the Japanese colonial context,” said Cheng.

Another Yiddish Glory concert took place at the Holocaust Museum of Korea in Paju, located near the demilitarized zone that separates North and South Korea. Shternshis said the audience there raised comparisons with their own history, including “topics of separation, longing, the impossibility of returning home, and also communism versus non-communism dividing families.”

At the Museum of Jewish Refugees in Shanghai, listeners asked questions about censorship and the subversiveness of music. 

“They were asking what it takes for a folk song to become a dangerous artistic production, what kind of folk song could lead to imprisonment,” said Shternshis. “People were very interested in what is in between the lines of these songs. They are praising Stalin, they are praising the Soviet regime, they are condemning Hitler, but they’re also saying other things that they cannot fully say in the Soviet context, we got a lot of questions about that.”

Shternshis hopes to continue broadcasting the silenced voices of “Yiddish Glory” to listeners around the world. But there is one place in particular where she dreams of transporting their music. 

“The only country where we haven’t presented it yet, and where I really want to go one day, is Ukraine,” said Shternshis. “Once that war is over, once peace comes back to that land, it would be so important to me, and to Psoy and to other musicians, to just go there and perform this program.”

This post was originally published on here. 

Apple briefly passed Nvidia to become the world’s most valuable company on Friday as the tech titans jostled for the top spot as investors reconsider the outlook for investments in AI.

Apple’s market cap topped Nvidia’s early Friday as the latter saw shares slide along with other chipmaker stocks as investors continue to evaluate whether tech firms’ rapid buildout of AI tools and the data centers needed to support them will yield near-term profits.

The consumer tech giant saw its market cap rise to more than $4.91 trillion, above Nvidia’s $4.9 trillion at the time.

Shares in the iPhone-maker pulled back some of their earlier gains, which allowed Nvidia to regain the top spot before the closing bell as shares in the world’s leading AI chip designer pared their losses and lifted the firm’s valuation.

APPLE TO INVEST $30 BILLION IN US CHIP MANUFACTURING

As of Friday’s closing bell, Nvidia’s market cap reclaimed the title of the world’s largest at $4.92 trillion, narrowly topping Apple’s $4.89 trillion. Apple shares rose 0.14% while Nvidia’s fell 2.21% during the trading session.

The shifts in the pecking order of tech leaders in the so-called Magnificent 7 stocks comes as investors are looking at stocks beyond the obvious winners of the AI race like Nvidia, which has held the title of largest market cap for nearly a year. Apple’s move on Friday briefly made it the leader for the first time since April 2025.

Investors are considering the costs and benefits of companies spending to build AI models and data centers used to power them, as well as the means at their disposal to turn AI tools into meaningful revenue drivers.

APPLE TO WORK WITH INTEL ON US CHIP DESIGN AND PRODUCTION, TRUMP SAYS

“Apple was seen as a laggard in the AI race because it wasn’t spending to develop models, but now sentiment has changed,” said Toni Meadows, head of investment at BRI Wealth Management.

“Apple is less exposed to capex intensity and better positioned to monetize AI via services, ecosystem lock-in, and hardware upgrades. The re-rating reflects confidence in earnings durability rather than speculative AI upside,” Meadows added.

The market is expected to see more options in the AI space become available for investors this year, with the anticipated IPOs of Anthropic and ChatGPT-maker OpenAI.

JENSEN HUANG SAYS NVIDIA’S NEW RTX SPARK CHIP WILL REINVENT THE PC

South Korea’s SK Hynix also listed on the Nasdaq earlier this month, bringing another memory chipmaker into the consideration of investors evaluating the AI space.

Hynix’s move followed the success Micron has enjoyed this year that lifted the chipmaker above $1 trillion in market cap.

“The new entrants to the market could spread out the focus away from the pure Magnificent Seven names into a wider number of names,” said Benjamin Hall, VP of alpha research at Segal Macro Advisors.

GET FOX BUSINESS ON THE GO BY CLICKING HERE

Reuters contributed to this report.

This post was originally published here. 

The 21st Century ROAD to Housing Act is now law, marking what many in the housing industry consider the most significant federal housing legislation in more than three decades.

The bipartisan measure aims to increase housing supply by reducing regulatory barriers, streamlining permitting, modernizing federal housing programs and expanding opportunities for homeownership.

Supporters say it lays the foundation for addressing the nation’s long-running housing shortage. But even many of the bill’s strongest advocates acknowledge that increasing supply alone will not solve today’s affordability crisis.

Mortgage rates remain elevated, home prices continue to set records and the incomes of many American households have failed to keep pace with the rising cost of homeownership.

Mike Miedler, president and CEO of Century 21, called the legislation a landmark achievement but said its benefits will take time to materialize.

“I don’t say this lightly: This is the most consequential housing law in over three decades,” Miedler told HousingWire. “Our agents see the inventory crisis play out in real time, in every market, every single day. We see what the shortage actually does for the first-time buyer who gets outbid three times and gives up, the young family that keeps renting because nothing in their range ever hits the market. That’s who this is for.”

Miedler also cautioned that the bill provides little relief on today’s affordability front while setting up future opportunities on the supply side.

“Lower rates would allow those with current 3% to 4% rates to consider selling, creating more inventory on the market,” he said. “More buyers would also emerge. In the short term, the increased supply may be absorbed quickly and affordability remains a challenge.”

Many economists agree that housing supply is a critical part of the solution. But they also point to borrowing costs, construction expenses, insurance premiums and property taxes and as significant contributors to today’s affordability challenges.

Pamela D’Arc, a Compass agent based in New York City, said the inventory shortage continues to make itself felt in her market.

“There are more buyers than there are apartments and inventory, and it’s pushing the prices way up now,” D’Arc said. “A turnkey apartment, unless it’s priced ridiculously high, is literally coming in with multiple bids on just about everything I’m seeing. We just had six offers on a rental and it wasn’t priced low.”

She said some of the inventory shortage stems from homeowners who are reluctant to sell due to their mortgage rates.

“Some of it is due to mortgage rates that people have and don’t want to give up,” D’Arc said. “I have clients who said we want to move to a different neighborhood for our commuting time, but our very low mortgage doesn’t run out until November, so we need to time it because we’re not giving that up early.”

Joy Silver, chief strategy officer at the Community Housing Opportunities Corp. — a California-based nonprofit — said the bill does little to address the fundamental economic reality facing low-income households.

“The hardest part for any developer is the gap financing, right between the equity and the long-term financing,” she said. “In order to get that thing going, now you’ve got 75% of the money you have to find, and who’s going to be able to find that money at an affordable rate? So basically, what have we done? We’ve given banks better ways to make more money.

“The most positive piece of this legislation is that it happened at all. Politicians and Congress wanted to let people know they could still do something together.”

Rare moment for federal housing policy

Comprehensive federal housing legislation has been relatively rare over the past several decades.

The modern federal housing system traces much of its foundation to the Housing Act of 1949, which established a national goal of providing, as written, “a decent home and a suitable living environment for every American family.”

Congress later expanded federal housing policy through measures such as the Housing and Urban Development Act of 1968 and the Cranston-Gonzalez National Affordable Housing Act of 1990, which created the HOME Investment Partnerships Program.

Since then, federal lawmakers have largely relied on targeted appropriations, tax incentives and temporary relief measures rather than broad, structural housing reforms.

“This law can take great strides toward reducing the housing supply gap, but it will not completely close it,” said Russell McIntyre, principal housing policy analyst for Cotality. “The housing crisis is part of a broader affordability crisis and solving it will require more than changing zoning rules.

“Still, many of these provisions can lower housing costs and create opportunities for people who might not otherwise have them.”

Housing affordability tied to income shortfalls

Housing costs are only one side of the affordability equation.

Research from RAND has highlighted the growing disconnect between housing costs and worker earnings — finding that affordability has increasingly deteriorated as home prices have outpaced income growth and purchasing power.

Other researchers have similarly concluded that affordability depends not only on the cost of housing itself but also on household income, wages and broader economic conditions.

“The role of stagnant or lagging wages in the affordability crisis has not received commensurate attention in the narrow housing policy debate,” said Noah Breakstone, CEO of Florida-based development and investment firm BTI Partners.

“Much of the public and political discourse focuses on ‘greedy developers,’ institutional investors or insufficient subsidies, which risks scapegoating the production side of the equation while underplaying the erosion of purchasing power.”

Miedler said these economic realities are becoming increasingly difficult for buyers to overcome.

“[The National Association of Realtors] just shared that the median price of a U.S. home is a record $440,600,” he said. “And that’s not the only cost that’s become more burdensome for homeowners — mortgage rates, property taxes, insurance and home upkeep have all increased significantly in recent years.

“In order for buyers to absorb those costs, wages will have to increase at a rate that surpasses inflation to create more opportunities for homeownership.”

Silver framed the affordability challenge in stark terms, saying the very concept of “working poor” should not exist.

“There are two words that should never be put together, and that is working poor,” Silver said. “There should never be the working poor. If you’re working, you shouldn’t be poor, and so the affordability factor addresses that — and that’s sorely missing from this bill, in any understanding of the bill.”

D’Arc agreed that the focus on housing costs alone misses the broader economic picture.

“You have to tackle each scenario,” she said. “I think that if we were able to build and just have more mid-level housing, that would help solve it. But obviously, this is another issue of what people are getting paid and how many jobs there are for people getting out of college.”

She described the affordability challenge as deeply interconnected with other systemic issues.

“There’s not an integrative plan to solve what the future of our country is in terms of people, young people, coming into the workforce,” D’Arc said. “It’s like the doctor that only looks at your thumb when there’s a lot more going on.”

Housing challenges remain local

Despite the national debate surrounding affordability, Miedler said buyer challenges vary significantly depending on where they live.

“We really are back to real estate being local,” he said. “I talk to numerous brokers every day from different parts of the country, and every call has a different take on what the challenges are for buyers in their area.”

D’Arc said the urban experience illustrates how affordability has eroded even in neighborhoods that were once accessible.

“The sprawl of New York City real estate is so immense now in areas like [Bedford-Stuyvesant],” she said. “I have a client who has been unable to purchase a two-family house in Bed-Stuy. He has $2 million and [can’t get anything]. These were neighborhoods that people went to because they were affordable.

“Astoria, Queens, is now becoming a hot market, or has become. There’s nowhere close to the city that people can afford. It has to be the whole package of a lifestyle that is affordable, so that the people that run our city can get to work in a normal amount of time.”

D’Arc also addressed base terminology that she feels exacerbates housing shortages.

“I support changing the name from ‘affordable housing,’ — which has a stigma that needs to disappear — so that people are more welcoming of having what I would call ‘essential housing’ in their neighborhoods and in their surroundings in general.”

The next phase begins now

With the ROAD to Housing Act now law, attention turns from Congress to implementation.

Many of the reforms contained in the ROAD to Housing Act depend on state and local governments, builders, lenders and federal agencies to translate policy into additional housing supply.

At the same time, broader economic conditions — including inflation, mortgage rates, labor markets and consumer confidence — will continue to shape the housing market.

“As developers, we operate in competitive markets and respond to feasible economics,” Breakstone said. “When regulatory barriers, impact fees, environmental reviews and infrastructure mandates add substantial cost and time, the result is less supply and higher prices — precisely what the data shows.

“That does not absolve the industry of responsibility to advocate for and deliver attainable housing, but it does mean that narratives that pin the crisis primarily on housing supply actors overlook the larger macroeconomic and policy failures on wages, productivity and the cost of capital.”

Miedler said lawmakers strengthened the legislation by incorporating industry feedback before final passage.

“A law like this is a foundation, not a finish line,” he said. “Permitting reform and program modernization only count if they translate into homes getting built and families getting to the closing table in actual neighborhoods. And that happens locally, one market and one family at a time.”

Silver noted that the bill’s approach to affordable housing eligibility could leave behind the lowest-income households.

“The cream of the crop that makes the numbers work is 60% to 80% AMI,” Silver said, referring to area median income. “The challenge will be for the 30% AMI.”

McIntyre hopes to see the continued promotion of manufactured housing.

“Manufactured housing can be produced faster and at a lower cost than traditional site-built housing, but outdated regulations have held it back,” he said. “Removing the permanent chassis requirement can reduce manufacturing costs and help communities consider manufactured housing as a more scalable part of the supply solution.”

D’Arc said financial expectations around housing development need to be recalibrated.

“Everybody’s trying to make so much money on housing, and we have to find the people that don’t need it, or that’s not their goal in life,” D’Arc said. “We need them to get engaged and create affordable housing that again should be called essential housing — and not expect some kind of huge financial benefits.”

Whether the ROAD to Housing Act ultimately fulfills its promise may depend on factors extending well beyond housing policy.

While increasing supply remains a central goal, many industry leaders and economists say restoring affordability will also require stronger wage growth, lower borrowing costs and continued efforts at every level of government to make homeownership attainable for more Americans.

This post was originally published on here. 

J.P. Morgan Asset Management has released its 2026 Defined Contribution (DC) Plan Participant Survey, finding that retirement plan participants — particularly younger workers — increasingly expect employers to provide more guidance and support as they plan for retirement.

The biennial survey examines how participants engage with workplace retirement plans across different life stages and explores attitudes toward retirement savings, retirement income and financial planning amid ongoing economic uncertainty.

“This ongoing research is important for retirement planning conversations because it captures direct feedback from participants at every stage of the retirement journey,” said Alyson Frost, head of retirement insights at J.P. Morgan Asset Management. “Workplace plans matter to participants and many still do not feel confident making the right decision on their own.

“They want retirement decision-making made simpler, and they welcome support from their plans in turning savings into retirement income.”

New survey additions

For the first time, the survey included retired defined contribution plan participants to better understand how they transitioned into retirement and what they would have done differently.

Among the findings:

  • 44% of participants expect to transition into retirement gradually by reducing work hours, while only 12% of retirees said that reflected their actual experience.
  • Only 35% of participants believe Social Security will cover their routine retirement expenses, with confidence declining as retirement approaches.
  • 86% of Gen Z respondents believe employers have at least some responsibility to help employees save for retirement, compared with 61% of baby boomers.

Participants want more guidance

The survey found growing demand for simpler retirement planning tools and greater employer involvement.

Additional key findings:

  • 73% of participants said they wish they could “push an easy button” and fully delegate retirement planning and investing, up from 55% in 2016.
  • 91% expressed interest in guaranteed retirement income options within their retirement plans.
  • 75% said they would likely keep assets in their employer-sponsored plan if it offered a retirement income solution.
  • 59% believe they should be contributing more to their retirement plans.
  • 63% of retirees said they wish they had contributed more while working.
  • 53% of participants do not know how much they need to save for a secure retirement.
  • 96% of participants automatically enrolled in their retirement plans reported being satisfied.
  • 97% of those whose contributions increased automatically also reported satisfaction.

Reverse mortgage help

Today, integrating housing wealth, including reverse mortgages, into retirement strategies is shifting from a niche financial move to mainstream.

Ryan Ponsford, a southern California-based adviser with Equity Wealth Strategies, laid out potential benefits in a recent talk with HousingWire.

“Once advisers start understanding the flexibility you can get by putting this line of credit in place sooner rather than later, it opens their eyes to a ton of different things,” he said. “Once they get their head around the choice of a loan that requires a payment, versus one that has a voluntary payment, which do I want? If I have a HELOC that’s static, I have to make payments on it and it locks down after a number of years, or I have one that’s completely fluid and revolving — and by the way, my access to equity increases every single month — which sounds better?”

This fluid access to home equity addresses the exact pressures retirees face from rising living costs, said Shannon Robinson, senior vice president of New American Funding’s (NAF) reverse division.

“As active adults are looking for ways to navigate inflation and create financial flexibility, home equity is becoming an increasingly important part of the retirement conversation, and NAF is very much focused on that,” she said. “NAF took a really strong step into looking into the business and said, as a top 10 independent mortgage banker, we have a suite of products that we offer to our larger organization, and we really need to step into and explore additional options in the way of reverse mortgages.”

Emergency savings remain a challenge

J.P. Morgan research also found that financial emergencies continue to drive retirement plan loans and withdrawals.

Among participants who borrowed from their retirement plans, 45% said they did so to cover unexpected expenses or credit card debt.

Participants without emergency savings were nearly 70% more likely to take a retirement plan loan or withdrawal.

“This year’s survey results highlight opportunities to help more participants achieve the retirement they have earned. It is clear that many want more guidance on how to use their plans effectively,” said Meghan Conklin, vice president of retirement insights at J.P. Morgan Asset Management. Continued advancements in plan design, savings tools, and both accumulation and decumulation solutions are helping to close this gap and enhance how participants think, act and engage with their retirement plans.”

This article was written by Jonathan Delozier and generated with the assistance of HousingWire Automation. It was reviewed by a HousingWire editor before publication.

This post was originally published on here. 

The 21st Century ROAD to Housing Act, which went into effect on July 11, includes a host of pro-housing provisions aimed at making housing easier to build and cutting red tape. 

The nearly 400-page bill contains provisions aimed at streamlining federal reviews, supporting factory-built housing, expanding housing supply and incentivizing local governments to streamline housing development.

The bill also includes a ban on institutional investors from buying more homes, but it provided much-needed carve-outs for build-to-rent (BTR) projects. 

The bill also views all types of housing as part of the solution — including for-sale and rental, market-rate and below-market-rate, and multifamily housing. This also encompasses traditional site-built housing and off-site construction like manufactured homes, modular housing and accessory dwelling units (ADUs).

While the bill is a good first step in driving change, most homebuilding leaders believe that there is still more work to be done, particularly at the local level, where the bulk of regulatory hurdles to new housing occur.

“Housing has become top of mind for many legislators, but just as importantly, for many states and many local governments. This bill addresses a lot of that. Overall, I think we’re thrilled,” Ed Brady, president and CEO of the Home Builders Institute, told HousingWire TBD.

“This is the first step in a longer process, and hopefully we’ll be able to have some conversations — No. 1 on implementation of this bill and No. 2 on what else do we need?”

The bill’s supply-focused provisions

The 21st Century ROAD to Housing Act includes numerous provisions aimed at making it easier to build a wide array of housing types. Together, these measures target regulatory burdens across all federal, state and local governments to make building homes easier, faster and more cost-effective. 

Streamlining federal reviews

The housing bill contains several sections aimed at streamlining reviews of federally funded residential construction projects, most often affordable, below-market housing. 

Multiple sections direct the U.S. Department of Agriculture (USDA) and the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) to coordinate environmental reviews.

Section 103 exempts Rural Housing Service–funded infill housing projects from National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (NEPA) requirements. USDA must report to the House financial services and Senate banking committees to evaluate the change within five years of enactment.

Section 802 of the bill directs federal agencies to sign a memorandum of understanding (MOU) within 180 days to establish a joint environmental review framework for jointly funded housing projects. The MOU must address categorical exclusions — a process for streamlining acceptance of each agency’s environmental impact statements and assessments — and the feasibility of joint physical inspections. 

A pair of other sections is also aimed at streamlining environmental reviews. Section 205, the BUILD Housing Act, allows HUD to simplify NEPA compliance by designating certain housing assistance as “special projects” to simplify NEPA compliance, and by delegating housing reviews to state, local and tribal governments. 

Section 206, the Unlocking Housing Supply Act, simplifies NEPA review for small-scale and infill housing projects. This covers public facility repairs, construction/rehab projects of one to four units, property acquisitions, floodplain and open space purchases, office-to-residential conversions and larger multi-unit projects. 

Section 501 of the bill, the HOME Reform Act, would exempt new categories under the HOME program from NEPA reviews — including projects of 15 units or less, infill developments and acquisitions of property for affordable housing. It would also limit duplicative environmental reviews in the HOME program, which is frequently used by nonprofit developers like Habitat for Humanity. 

“This bill reduces unnecessary red tape. It makes building homes more effective and more efficient, so organizations like Habitat and others can build more homes and bring the American dream within reach for more families,” said Chris Vincent, vice president of government relations and advocacy at Habitat for Humanity International, during a press conference in November announcing the updates to the HOME program.

Supporting manufactured and modular housing

Perhaps the most impactful provision in the bill (Section 301) is a provision that ends the permanent chassis requirement for manufactured homes. Removing this requirement could cut costs, but industry leaders say that the bigger impact is design flexibility, greater acceptance and expanded opportunities in urban and suburban markets — potentially igniting a manufactured housing blue-sky era. 

A lesser-known provision, included in Section 304, extends the $235 million PRICE (Preservation and Reinvestment Initiative for Community Enhancement) Grant Program for another seven years. The program supports the maintenance, protection and stabilization of manufactured homes and manufactured housing communities.

Section 303 updates federal rules to streamline ADU construction and manufactured home financing. This expands loan limits and introduces more flexible financing options for homeowners and buyers.

Section 302, the Modular Housing Production Act, directs HUD to pinpoint and remove barriers that make factory-built housing harder to build. These barriers can include rigid construction draw schedules, Federal Housing Administration (FHA) loan limits, and inconsistent or inefficient state and local building codes. The section instructs HUD to authorize a study on creating a standardized building code. 

The Modular Building Institute, in a statement, pointed to Sections 302 and 303 as positive steps forward for the industry. The organization also praised the potential for a uniform commercial code for modular homes. 

“This section specifically identifies construction draw schedules as a barrier to wider modular adoption. We believe this provision acknowledges the unique nature of modular construction and the need for capital at different phases of a project, as compared with traditional on-site construction,” the statement read. 

Other pro-supply provisions

There are several other provisions aimed at giving developers and builders more tools to work with as they attempt to expand overall housing supply.

Section 104, for example, requires Community Development Block Grant (CDBG) recipients to maintain a public, searchable online database that lists all undeveloped land parcels owned by their jurisdiction.

Section 201 allows HUD to favor grant applicants if the project is located in or primarily serves a designated opportunity zone, which encourage investment in economically distressed areas by allowing developers to defer or reduce their capital gains tax burden. 

Section 210 creates a housing conversion pilot program within the HOME program aimed at converting vacant buildings into housing. Unlike standard HOME adaptive reuse projects, this set-aside offers more flexible income eligibility by serving households earning up to 120% of the area median income (AMI), with the majority at or below 60% AMI.

Section 211 requires the FHA to raise statutory multifamily loan limits for the first time since 2003. It also replaces the old inflation formula with the U.S. Census Bureau‘s multifamily construction price index to keep limits aligned with building costs.

The National Association of Home Builders (NAHB) pointed to this provision as one of the bill’s most impactful for housing supply. FHA-insured multifamily loan limits have gone unchanged for more than two decades and no longer reflect the current market, which is defined by high costs for labor and materials.

Raising these limits and indexing them to inflation would better align financing with construction costs, helping support new apartment development, NAHB argued. 

Incentivizing and guiding state and local governments

The bill aims to use the power of the federal purse to incentivize state and local governments to adopt pro-supply reforms that streamline and ease regulations. 

Section 207 establishes a new competitive grant program created and administered by HUD that would help state, local and tribal governments build affordable housing. It wouldn’t directly fund the physical construction but instead focuses on the planning phase. There isn’t a specific dollar amount assigned to the program yet, but funding could potentially be allocated to municipalities that enact certain pro-housing reforms. 

Section 208 authorized $200 million per year for the Innovation Fund Grant Program, offering municipal grants of $250,000 to $10 million each for housing and community development. Eligibility relies on adopting pro-housing reforms such as eliminating off-street parking requirements and streamlining permitting. 

Section 209 directs HUD to award grants to municipalities to help them create preapproved housing plans, which allow for a quicker and smoother approval process. 

Section 213 adjusts a municipality’s federal CDBG funding, a $3.3 billion program, based on how much new housing supply a community builds. 

Two additional sections direct HUD to provide frameworks for local governments. Section 102 instructs HUD to develop national guidelines and pilot programs covering single-stair multifamily buildings up to six stories. Section 107 calls for best practices that help states and localities cut through zoning and land-use barriers to build more housing.

The limits of federal power

The legislation calls out parking requirements, minimum lot size requirements, density restrictions, inefficient permitting, policies against missing-middle housing, and many other regulations that drive up costs and timelines for housing development.

To address these regulations, the bill aims to engage with local governments by incentivizing, encouraging, coordinating, supporting and recommending. The text rarely uses stronger language like requiring, prohibiting, compelling and mandating. 

This is because local governments still control most of the regulatory hoops that developers and builders must jump through to get projects approved.

Housing is local and passionate residents who are opposed to new housing developments (colloquially known as NIMBYs) have an outsized role in shutting down new housing developments. Many of these people are older, established residents who already own a home and have an interest in keeping property values high. 

But there’s been a shift in recent years as more state and local governments are beginning to view housing affordability as a key issue. Local and state reforms to streamline permitting, expand allowable housing types, and relax minimum lot size and parking rules reflect growing legislative attention to the issue.

While using federal grant funding as leverage can certainly influence local governments, Brady argued that state and local legislators are already feeling constituent pressure to streamline housing development. 

“The local and state governments now understand the crisis of affordability and accessibility. They already have a crisis in their own markets for their own constituents, and the incentives provide them with resources and tools to satisfy that shortage of housing and that affordability,” Brady said. 

NAHB reports that federal, state and local regulations add $131,734 to the cost of a new single-family home. The bulk of these regulations are enacted and enforced on the state and local levels, placing much of the onus on governors, mayors, county executives and planning departments to carry on the momentum generated by the passage of the 21st Century ROAD to Housing Act. 

“I’m optimistic, but it’s going to take the local governments to actually use the tools and resources that this legislation provides for it to be effective,” Brady said.

This post was originally published on here. 

A judge on Friday declined to issue a ruling from the bench regarding California’s request for a temporary restraining order freezing Paramount’s planned takeover of Warner Bros. Discovery (WBD) 

Paramount CEO David Ellison is seeking to acquire WBD in a $111 billion deal that was expected to close during the third quarter of this year, but California Attorney General Rob Bonta is leading a group of 12 state attorneys general who filed a lawsuit challenging the merger. The lawsuit claims the megadeal would “lead to higher prices, lower quality, and less content for film and television, harming movie theaters, basic cable distributors, and ultimately, audiences on every sofa and movie theater seat in the U.S.” 

The lawsuit, filed in the U.S. District for the Northern District of California, claims that the merger violates Section 7 of the Clayton Act, which holds that mergers that may substantially lessen competition or tend to create a monopoly are illegal. 

PARAMOUNT ADVISERS PUSH FOR CALIFORNIA EXIT AS STATE SUES TO BLOCK WARNER BROS DISCOVERY MERGER: REPORT

A TRO hearing on Friday got deep into antitrust law, with Paramount arguing the merger would actually increase competition while the state insists that combining two major Hollywood studios would hurt the industry while giving too much power to the company. 

District Judge Araceli Martínez-Olguín promised to issue a ruling by July 22. 

Paramount is seeking to move forward as soon as possible to avoid exorbitant ticking fees, a term for charges that accrue as the merger is delayed. Reporters were prohibited from taking photos or video of the hearing.

WARNER BROS DISCOVERY SHAREHOLDERS APPROVE PARAMOUNT SKYDANCE DEAL

The Justice Department (DOJ) announced last week it has closed its antitrust investigation into Paramount Skydance’s proposed acquisition of WBD, concluding the transaction is not likely to harm competition or American consumers.

The Antitrust Division said its eight-month review examined more than two million documents and found the deal could strengthen competition across the media and entertainment industry, including in streaming video, traditional television and theatrical film distribution. However, state attorneys general retain independent authority under antitrust laws. 

Ellison, the son of billionaire Oracle co-founder Larry Ellison, took control of Paramount last year when Skydance Media and Paramount Global completed an $8 billion merger. Adding WBD to his portfolio would make the younger Ellison one of Hollywood’s most powerful people.

CALIFORNIA AG BLASTS PARAMOUNT-WBD MERGER AS ‘ILLEGAL,’ SAYS THREAT TO LEAVE STATE IS ‘BLACKMAIL’ EFFORT

Paramount fired back Monday shortly after the complaint was filed, saying the lawsuit “reflects a fundamentally flawed application of the antitrust laws and is wrong on both the facts and the law.”

“We will vigorously defend the transaction and demonstrate that this challenge is inconsistent with sound competition policy and the competitive realities of the media marketplace. Delaying this transaction will only harm entertainment workers who have already suffered over recent years as technology has disrupted their livelihood and cost California tens of thousands of entertainment jobs,” a Paramount spokesperson said in a statement to Fox News Digital.

“The combination of Paramount and WBD will create a stronger, well-capitalized, creative-first media company that is better positioned to compete with companies like Netflix that have come to dominate the industry for audiences, premium content, and creative talent,” the spokesperson continued. “Put simply, any attempt to block this transaction undermines the very principles antitrust law is designed to promote: more competition, more choice for consumers, and more opportunities for creators and workers.”

CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP 

This post was originally published here. 

Wall Street ended Friday in the red across the board, closing out a week in which semiconductor shares — the engine of the 2026 rally — broke down while war-driven crude prices climbed toward levels not seen in a month.

The S&P 500 lost 1.01% to finish at 7,457.69. The Nasdaq Composite dropped 1.4% to 25,520.24. The Dow Jones Industrial Average shed 406.55 points, or 0.77%, to close at 52,146.42. The Nasdaq 100 gave up 1.2%.

The weekly scorecard was worse. The S&P 500 finished the five sessions down 1.6%, the Nasdaq fell 2.9%, and the Dow lost 0.9%.

What Broke

Chips. The PHLX Semiconductor Index dropped 1.63% and entered bear market territory, with the industry gauge down 20% from its record and on pace for its worst stretch since the April 2025 tariff meltdown. The VanEck Semiconductor ETF fell almost 9% on the week, its third weekly loss in four.

Two forces did the damage. A breakthrough from Chinese AI startup Moonshot undercut the case for U.S. chip spending, and money rotated out of expensive tech names into economically sensitive shares. The selling was global before the U.S. bell: Japan’s Nikkei 225 fell 4% and Taiwan’s market dropped 6.5%, while ASML fell as much as 4.9% amid a broad European semiconductor decline.

Chip names did close off their session lows as buyers stepped in.

Market Movers

  • Netflix (NFLX) — Sank after the company forecast a second straight quarter of slowing sales growth, feeding investor anxiety about the streaming business.
  • Intuitive Surgical (ISRG) — Fell 10% despite beating on both lines, earning an adjusted $2.80 per share on $2.89 billion in revenue against LSEG estimates of $2.50 and $2.82 billion. The company held its full-year da Vinci procedure growth outlook near 14%.
  • Alcoa (AA) — Dipped 2% even after posting $2.12 per share ex-items on $3.97 billion in revenue, ahead of the $2.06 and $3.94 billion consensus. The producer trimmed its 2026 alumina production outlook. Adjusted EBITDA missed.
  • SpaceX (SPCX) — Slid after the company aborted Thursday’s Starship mission when engines failed to fire, and said it would try again within days. Musk said two Raptor engines will be pulled and replaced, with liftoff most likely early next week. The stock had already slipped below its $135 IPO price a month after debut, on concerns over cash burn, an insider lockup expiration, and Chinese reusable-rocket competition.
  • Uber (UBER) — Announced a $14.8 billion acquisition of Germany’s Delivery Hero, a deal that would create the largest food-delivery group outside China and combine Uber Eats with foodpanda, PedidosYa, and talabat across 99 countries. The combined operation moved $236 billion in gross order value in 2025. Shares were off 0.59% at $73.60 before the open.

Commodities

Crude was the week’s real story. WTI climbed 4.05% to $82.15, its highest in a month, after Kuwait reported an Iranian strike on a power and desalination plant and reports emerged of Iranian attacks on U.S. targets in Bahrain, Jordan, Kuwait, Oman, Qatar, and Syria. Central Command said it had finished a sixth consecutive night of strikes on Iranian military sites.

Brent rose 2.04% to $85.95 and was tracking a weekly gain of more than 10%, with the U.S. reportedly hitting an oil tanker near Iran’s main export terminal for the first time since the port blockade resumed. Tehran has reportedly told the Houthis to be ready to close the Bab el-Mandeb Strait if Iranian power infrastructure is hit. Hormuz traffic has thinned sharply, though vessels are still moving.

Gold held under $4,000, up 0.19% at $3,983.86 but on track for a weekly loss of more than 3% — squeezed as higher energy costs revived rate worries. Silver traded near $55.08, off 0.57%.

Rates and the Fed

The 10-year Treasury yield sat near 4.53% and the 2-year near 4.12%, with the dollar index little changed around 100.80. June CPI fell 0.4% and final-demand PPI fell 0.3%, but retail sales rose 0.2%, jobless claims dropped to 208,000, and the Philadelphia Fed manufacturing index jumped to 41.4. Fed funds futures put roughly a 90% probability on no change at the July 29 meeting. September remains a coin flip, with traders pricing about a 51% chance of a hike.

The Read

Two weeks ago the market’s problem was oil. This week it’s oil and the AI trade at the same time — and that combination is what turned a chip correction into a bear market. Cheap Chinese models raise the question of whether U.S. hyperscaler capex has a ceiling; $85 Brent raises the question of whether the Fed gets to cut at all. Neither question gets answered before Monday’s open.

JBizNews Desk | Wall Street

© JBizNews.com All Rights Reserved. Reproduction or distribution without written permission is prohibited.

The official date for the 2026 general elections has been announced, and the race is on.

Parties are meeting with the public and doing rounds with the press as the campaign season nears. These months are crucial in determining how the Knesset and government will look when the dust settles.

And for Yael Yechieli, there is one particular goal to achieve this election: a 50/50 split between men and women in power.

An activist for many years, Yechieli leads the 5050 project, a grassroots initiative to pressure all parties – regardless of their stances or demographics – to have equal gender representation.

And after the present government was widely criticized for lacking adequate women’s representation in its ranks, this issue is sure to be more prominent than ever in the lead-up to the polls.

In Jerusalem sat down with Yechieli to talk about her work.

What made you want to get involved with the cause of having more women in Knesset?

Motivated through meeting with Palestinians

I’ve been an activist for more than 20 years, mostly relating to dialogue between Palestinians and Israelis. University was the first time I really met Palestinians, and I was stuck with them in the same rooms and classes, and that motivated me to work in fostering dialogue.

Another activism I did was pushing for separation between religion and state. I always said, I love the religion, I love the state, and I think mixing them together is bad for everyone.

That’s what I did for years. But then I spent several years in the US because my partner was a professor at UC Berkeley. 

I started looking at how decision-making tables looked in California and other places. One day, one of my neighbors told me that Mexico voted for over 50% of parliament to be women. I was shocked that Mexico would do this, but as I did more research, I realized that this wasn’t an isolated case.

I learned about Rwanda, Finland, and other places where it could happen. It isn’t a new thing, but I needed to learn how they did it there so I could build a plan for Israel.

Tell me about the 5050 project.

We came back to Israel in 2021. Then we had the 2022 elections, and I saw the numbers. I realized the representation of women was going to be really bad when looking at women in the coalition and women heading different ministries and government agencies.

I didn’t even sleep the night after the elections. I founded the 5050 project the very next day, with the goal of having this last election be the last one ever where women weren’t represented equally or not in realistic slots on the party lists.

I said I had a plan to bring together the vision of 50% women representation in realistic slots on lists.

Surprisingly, thousands of people came to me to join the project.

Our first target was the municipal elections. I told everyone to open a 5050 WhatsApp group in their cities ahead of the vote and we can start working.

A ‘zipper’ list

I live in Jerusalem, so I went to a public meeting with [Mayor] Moshe Lion. I asked him there if he would have 50% women in his party, and he said yes. Then I asked if it would be a “zipper” list (requiring parties alternate members of their list by gender, meaning each member would be the opposite gender of the previous slot on the list), and he said he hadn’t decided yet.

The next day, I told my neighbors in the city to also ask Lion if he was going to do a zipper list. Every day, when he went to these public meetings, he got the same question. And 60 other groups in 60 other cities all did the same thing.

We had the option to use our strength to pressure them into this. And after one month, Lion said yes to having a zipper list.

It wasn’t just male party leaders who were asked this. Women were also asked. The goal was to make all municipal councils 50% men, 50% women.

In the end, most of the people who promised to have zipper lists actually followed through on it.

We shared this on social media, praising the different politicians who went through with having zipper lists, large and small parties alike.

We pushed people to go vote for the parties that had zipper lists. And we saw that 21 municipal councils got to 50/50.

Did you work in all cities?

I must admit we mainly worked in liberal Jewish cities, and not in ultra-Orthodox and Arab localities – though we had some exceptions like Jerusalem.

Still, this had other results outside the cities we worked in, such as in the town of Kedumim, which got to 50/50.

What about the Knesset?

This is harder because we don’t always know when the next Knesset elections will be.

However, we already started working on it, and we’re doing it in the same way. We go to all the public meetings of party leaders – even with Arab parties – and ask the same questions.

So far, the Democrats Party has already committed to a zipper list in their bylaws. Gadi Eisenkot said he’d have 50% women, though he has not committed to a zipper list. 

As for Naftali Bennett and Yair Lapid, they were even asked by a journalist from Haaretz, which is a big deal for us, since it means the issue is growing beyond just us activists.

Bennett’s response, by the way, was that he doesn’t pick people by gender, but by skill, but at the moment his list had more women than men.

In Hadash, there was a prominent woman high on their list for years, Aida Touma-Sliman.

Now, they only have a woman in the No. 5 slot, which isn’t realistic. This is a big deal because Hadash is supposed to be a party that deals with equal rights.

But there are people in the Arab sector working for this goal, and I can tell you that Arab journalists and media figures are with us. They always ask politicians if they have 50% women on their list.

As for the haredim, we have a list of 30 women who say they want to be in the Knesset, but the rabbis and MKs don’t want them there. But you can’t say there aren’t any women who want to be in the Knesset.

But realistically, do you think they will be able to be in the Knesset?

It will happen, but not in the next election. It could happen in the next municipal election in 2028, which we will start preparing for immediately once the Knesset election is done.

What about right-wing parties like the Likud, Otzma Yehudit, and the Religious Zionist Party?

So the Likud has primaries, and we have Likud members who are part of 5050 trying to work on this. However, they don’t do meetings with the public, so we can only pressure the media. 

We’re also waiting for Otzma Yehudit and the Religious Zionist Party to do public meetings, if they ever do.

I want 50% women in all of these parties, even the parties I don’t vote for.

This post was originally published on here. 

Israel has built one of the most sophisticated national security systems in human history. 

We have developed world-class intelligence capabilities, layered missile defenses, cyber expertise, elite special forces, and an extraordinary culture of innovation. 

Our enemies have repeatedly discovered that they cannot easily defeat us on the battlefield. So, they have increasingly shifted the battlefield.

For too long, Israel has been under attack from a different kind of missile – one that cannot be intercepted by Iron Dome, David’s Sling, or Arrow. 

It is a coordinated campaign of narratives, disinformation, lawfare, diplomatic isolation, media manipulation, and psychological warfare aimed not at our territory but at our legitimacy.

The accompanying illustration depicts this reality. 

The missiles falling over Israel are not explosives. They are accusations: “Genocide,” “war crimes,” “apartheid,” “ethnic cleansing,” “sanctions,” “international isolation,” and “From the River to the Sea.” 

They represent the messages, campaigns, and narratives launched through governments, international institutions, media outlets, universities, activists, influencers, and social media platforms.

Unlike conventional missiles, there are no shelters for these attacks.

That should concern every Israeli.

The eighth front

Since October 7, Israel has fought on multiple military fronts. Yet there is another front that receives far less attention despite its strategic significance: what many now refer to as the Eighth Front – the campaign to delegitimize the State of Israel.

This campaign did not begin after October 7. It has evolved over decades, drawing upon political activism, legal campaigns, diplomatic pressure, digital media, and coordinated messaging. 

It now operates globally and continuously, with significant investment and political support from the likes of Qatar, Iran, Russia, and China, and the “Red Green Alliance.”

Military victories can secure borders.

They cannot by themselves restore legitimacy once it has been eroded.

That is precisely why this front deserves to be treated as a national security issue rather than merely a public relations challenge.

The warning sirens have been sounding

The most troubling part of the cartoon is not the incoming missiles.

It is the dialogue inside the bunker.

One officer remarks: “To be fair, the warning sirens have been sounding for years. No one paid attention.”

There is uncomfortable truth in that observation.

For years, many researchers, diplomats, Jewish organizations, and communications professionals have warned that Israel was steadily losing ground in the battle for international public opinion. 

Too often these warnings were viewed as secondary to more immediate military threats. But public opinion is not merely about image.

It influences elections.

It shapes diplomatic alliances.

It affects military assistance.

It influences sanctions, trade, investment, tourism, academic cooperation, and international legal initiatives.

Narratives ultimately influence policy.

The numbers should concern us

Recent polling suggests that attitudes toward Israel have become significantly more negative in several Western democracies, particularly among younger generations.

Surveys have also shown widening partisan differences in the United States, with support for Israel weakening even among Republicans, as has been made overwhelmingly clear with the public statements by the vice president of America, who aspires to be the next president.  

While the Democrats are even less supportive and that support is weakening at alarming rates, one need only look at the New York Mayor Zohran Mamdani phenomenon to get a better sense of where the Democrats are heading. 

Even among some traditionally supportive constituencies, including younger Evangelical Christians, support appears less automatic than it once was.

Reasonable people can debate the causes.

They should not ignore the trend.

Israel’s strategic alliance with the United States rests on shared interests, but long-term democratic support is strengthened when public opinion remains resilient.

If public legitimacy weakens substantially over time, policymakers inevitably operate within a more constrained political environment.

Modern warfare has changed

Throughout history, military campaigns have often been accompanied by propaganda. Today’s environment is fundamentally different.

Social media allows falsehoods to spread globally within minutes.

Artificial intelligence enables convincing fabricated content.

Universities, influencers, international institutions, NGOs, television networks, legal forums, and online communities all participate – sometimes intentionally, sometimes unintentionally – in shaping global perceptions.

The objective is not simply criticism of Israeli policy.

Criticism is legitimate in any democracy.

The objective, in many cases, is something broader: to redefine Israel itself as uniquely illegitimate.

That distinction matters.

A democracy can survive criticism.

It cannot easily survive systematic delegitimization.

Iron Dome cannot stop narrative attacks

Nor was it meant to.

While every missile is inherently malicious, not every criticism of Israel is unfair or malicious.

Rather, we need to acknowledge that democracies, especially ours, require a government institution with the same prioritization as our Defense Ministry, capable of competing effectively within the modern information environment, and ever more so, as we are under attack.

Israel invested decades in developing missile defense.

Have we invested comparably in defending truth, credibility, strategic communications, digital influence, and international engagement?

The answer is embarrassingly far less clear.

We are not starting from zero

It would be unfair to suggest that government ministries, NGOs, universities, think tanks, Diaspora organizations, and volunteers have done nothing. Many people have devoted enormous effort to defending Israel internationally.

The problem is not the absence of commitment.

It is the absence of both the prioritization of the issue as a national security concern and the sustained strategic integration across all related defense, intelligence, and technological capabilities in Israel.

Too often, initiatives operate independently, responding tactically rather than strategically. 

There is no widely recognized national framework that aligns research, communications, diplomacy, civil society, technology, and international partnerships around common objectives.

Israel coordinates military campaigns across multiple fronts.

It should aspire to coordinate its cognitive defense with a similar discipline.

A national security priority

Several months ago, I wrote that Boaz Bismuth, the chairman of the Foreign Affairs and Defense Committee, should examine this challenge as a matter of national security. 

I addressed him, knowing that he had the right extensive communications background and drive to make a difference. 

Since then, in the midst of all the other pressing matters, he has agreed to make this an issue to be reviewed by the committee. 

Whether we reach a proposal in the first attempt is less important than acknowledging that the discussion itself is overdue and must eventually reach a conclusion.

This conversation should not belong to one political party.

Nor should it become another ideological battleground.

Israel’s legitimacy belongs to every Israeli.

Protecting it should be viewed as a national mission.

Building shelters for the next war

The lesson of Israel’s history has been remarkably consistent.

We are challenged.

We adapt.

We innovate.

We learn.

We grow.

When faced with new military threats, we developed new capabilities.

The challenge before us now is different but no less consequential.

We need institutions that monitor narrative threats as seriously as missile launches. We need greater cooperation between government, academia, civil society, technology experts, the media, and Jewish communities worldwide. 

We need better measurement of influence, improved coordination, and sustained investment in long-term strategic communications. Most importantly, we must recognize that this is not merely a communications problem.

It is a strategic existential one.

The cartoon’s title captures the central message: “The War for Which Israel Built No Shelters.”

The good news is that shelters can still be built.

The good news is that we know how to defend ourselves, lessening the need for shelters.

But only after we acknowledge that the missiles are already falling can we demand that the government build us the needed shelters and take this fight for our legitimacy seriously.

The writer is a global strategist and a strategic adviser at the Jerusalem Center for Security and Foreign Affairs. He can be reached at globalstrategist2020@gmail.com.

This post was originally published on here. 

Hyundai is recalling more than 47,000 Kona SUVs in the U.S. after discovering a defect with the rear center seat belt buckle that could increase the risk of injury in a crash.

The recall covers 47,749 vehicles, including certain 2025 Hyundai Kona Electric and 2026 Hyundai Kona models, according to documents posted by the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA).

The rear center seat belt buckle may fail to properly restrain an occupant during a crash, the automaker said.

HYUNDAI MOTOR BRINGS BOSTON DYNAMICS’ ATLAS HUMANOID ROBOT TO FIFA WORLD CUP IN GROUNDBREAKING ACTIVATION

“A seat belt buckle that fails to properly restrain an occupant in a crash increases the risk of injury,” NHTSA said in its recall notice.

Hyundai is advising owners not to use the rear center seating position until the recall repair has been completed.

The recall affects 47,733 model-year 2026 Kona SUVs and 16 model-year 2025 Kona Electric vehicles.

HYUNDAI RECALLS MORE THAN 54,000 ELANTRA HYBRIDS OVER POTENTIAL FIRE RISK

According to recall documents, Hyundai’s supplier, Joyson Safety Systems, notified the automaker in February that testing identified a potential problem with the rear center seat belt buckle used in the Kona.

Joyson determined the issue may have resulted from inadequate inspection controls that allowed metal stamping dies used to manufacture the buckles to remain in service beyond their intended lifespan, leading to excessive wear.

Although there have been no confirmed crashes, injuries, fires or other incidents related to the issue, Hyundai said it decided to conduct the recall “out of an abundance of caution.”

Dealers will replace the rear center seat belt buckle assembly free of charge. Hyundai also said it will reimburse owners who previously paid out of pocket to repair the issue.

CLICK HERE TO GET FOX BUSINESS ON THE GO

Owner notification letters are expected to be mailed Sept. 11. Owners with questions can contact Hyundai customer service at 1-855-371-9460 and reference recall number 306. The NHTSA recall number is 26V452000. Vehicle identification numbers became searchable on NHTSA.gov beginning July 15.

A representative for Hyundai did not immediately respond to FOX Business’ request for comment.

This post was originally published here. 

QVC Group moved a major step closer to completing one of the retail industry’s largest restructurings after receiving court approval for its financial reorganization plan, allowing the television and online shopping company to significantly reduce its debt while continuing normal operations.

The company announced Thursday, July 16, that the court-approved restructuring plan will allow it to emerge from its Chapter 11 process after completing customary closing conditions. The plan substantially reduces the company’s debt while leaving vendors and suppliers unimpaired, allowing business operations to continue without interruption. 

For millions of shoppers, the restructuring is expected to have little immediate impact.

QVC said customers can continue shopping across its television networks, websites and mobile platforms while the company continues executing its long-term turnaround strategy. Orders, returns, gift cards and customer service operations will continue as normal.

The restructuring is designed primarily to strengthen QVC’s balance sheet after years of declining traditional television viewership and changing consumer shopping habits.

Company executives said reducing debt will provide greater financial flexibility to invest in digital commerce, live social shopping and new customer acquisition initiatives.

QVC has increasingly shifted its focus toward online sales, streaming platforms and social media commerce as more consumers migrate away from traditional cable television.

The company believes those investments will position the business for long-term growth while maintaining its large base of loyal shoppers.

QVC remains one of the world’s largest live-shopping retailers, selling apparel, beauty products, jewelry, electronics, home furnishings and kitchen products through multiple television networks and digital platforms.

The company also owns several retail brands that continue serving customers across North America and international markets.

Retail analysts say the restructuring reflects broader changes occurring throughout the retail industry as legacy television-based businesses adapt to rapidly evolving consumer purchasing behavior.

While live television shopping remains profitable, growth increasingly depends on digital engagement, mobile commerce and social media integration.

The strengthened balance sheet is expected to provide additional resources for technology investments, marketing initiatives and expanded digital capabilities.

Management said the company’s transformation strategy remains focused on delivering a seamless shopping experience regardless of whether customers shop through television, smartphones, tablets or computers.

The company expects to formally emerge from bankruptcy after satisfying the remaining closing requirements outlined in the approved restructuring plan.

For consumers, the transition is expected to be largely invisible, with normal operations continuing throughout the process.

For investors and the retail industry, however, the restructuring represents another example of a legacy retailer repositioning itself for a marketplace increasingly dominated by digital commerce and direct-to-consumer shopping.

JBizNews Desk | West Chester, Pennsylvania

© JBizNews.com All Rights Reserved. Reproduction or distribution without written permission is prohibited.

Airlines are warning that changes to existing practices around Daylight Saving Time (DST) would have a major impact on the industry and that changes would need to be implemented over time to account for challenges it would create for scheduling.

Airlines for America (A4A), a trade group that represents leading air carriers in the U.S., released a statement this week which warned that changes to DST “would have considerable implications for aviation, including passenger disruption, crew and aircraft positioning, and domestic and international connectivity issues.”

“Airlines operate expansive interconnected domestic and global networks that are reliant on stability and predictability. Any changes would need an implementation timeline that reflects these global complications,” the group said.

The warning came as the House on Tuesday advanced the Sunshine Protection Act, which would allow states to voluntarily observe DST throughout the year and end the twice-annual clock changes, on a bipartisan 308-117 vote that sent the legislation to the Senate.

HOUSE PASSES DAYLIGHT SAVING TIME REFORM AS TRUMP SIGNALS SUPPORT FOR ENDING CLOCK CHANGE

The bill faces uncertainty in the Senate, though President Donald Trump is expected to sign the bill into law if it reaches his desk, as the White House has urged lawmakers to support the legislation.

Most states currently follow the practice of “springing forward” in March by moving the clock forward an hour into Daylight Time, and then “falling back” by an hour in November into Standard Time.

Arizona and Hawaii are the only two states who don’t participate in that practice, while 20 states have approved legislation that would see them remain on DST permanently if authorized to do so by Congress.

DAYLIGHT SAVINGS: IT’S ABOUT THE SUNLIGHT

Proponents of permanent daylight saving time argue it would eliminate the disruptions caused by switching clocks twice per year and boost tourism and outdoor activities with more sunlight in winter evenings.

Critics have argued that the earlier sunrises and sunsets of permanent standard time would better align with circadian rhythms, and would prevent situations when the sun may rise after 9 a.m. in the winter.

TRUMP CHAMPIONS BID TO NIX CLOCK CHANGES BY ADOPTING PERMANENT DAYLIGHT SAVING TIME

The American public remains broadly opposed to the current practice of changing the clock twice a year, as an AP-NORC survey released in December found just 12% of respondents were in favor of the current system, while nearly half were opposed. The remaining 40% had no opinion.

The survey also asked about possible reforms and found that 56% of Americans would prefer to make daylight saving time permanent with more light in the evenings and less in the morning, while about 4 in 10 would rather make standard time permanent to have more light in the morning and less in the evening.

GET FOX BUSINESS ON THE GO BY CLICKING HERE

Fox News Digital’s Adam Pack contributed to this report.

This post was originally published here. 

SpaceX shares tumbled Friday after the company aborted its latest Starship launch attempt because of an engine issue, putting the aerospace and artificial intelligence company on track to erase more than $1 trillion in market value from the record high it reached only weeks after its historic public debut. According to SpaceX’s official launch updates, company statements, and market trading data released Friday, the selloff accelerated as investors reacted to the launch setback while continuing to reassess one of the largest and fastest post-IPO rallies in Wall Street history. 

The decline marks a dramatic reversal for what had become the market’s most closely watched public company. After completing the largest initial public offering on record earlier this summer, SpaceX quickly surged to one of the world’s highest market valuations as investors poured into the stock, betting the company’s dominance in commercial launches, satellite communications, artificial intelligence infrastructure and future deep-space transportation would justify an unprecedented premium.

Friday’s losses added to weeks of selling pressure that has steadily erased much of that enthusiasm. At session lows, shares fell nearly seven percent before recovering modestly, leaving the company’s market capitalization near $1.6 trillion, down from approximately $2.64 trillion reached shortly after trading began in June. That represents one of the largest market-value declines ever recorded over such a short period. 

The immediate catalyst was Thursday’s scrubbed Starship mission. During the countdown, engine startup problems triggered an automatic abort before liftoff. Company engineers safely halted the launch sequence, and Elon Musk later confirmed that two Raptor engines would be replaced before another launch attempt expected as early as next week. 

Although launch delays are common throughout the aerospace industry and are generally viewed as part of the company’s aggressive testing strategy, the postponement renewed concerns among investors that expectations surrounding SpaceX’s long-term growth had become stretched after the stock’s explosive debut.

The company occupies a unique position in global aerospace. Beyond its launch business, SpaceX operates Starlink, the world’s largest satellite broadband network, maintains extensive contracts with the U.S. government and defense agencies, and plays a central role in NASA’s future lunar exploration program. Investors have also assigned significant value to the company’s expanding artificial intelligence initiatives and next-generation computing infrastructure.

Even with Friday’s decline, SpaceX remains among the world’s most valuable publicly traded companies. However, analysts note that companies experiencing record-breaking IPOs often encounter periods of elevated volatility as early enthusiasm gives way to closer scrutiny of earnings, execution, cash flow and long-term valuation assumptions.

Another factor weighing on sentiment is the approaching expiration of insider lockup periods. As restrictions are lifted over the coming months, additional shares held by employees and early investors could become eligible for sale, increasing supply in the public market and potentially adding to near-term volatility. Market participants frequently monitor these milestones closely because they can influence trading activity regardless of a company’s underlying operating performance. 

Despite the recent correction, long-term investors continue to point to SpaceX’s leadership across multiple industries. The company remains the dominant provider of commercial launch services, continues expanding Starlink globally, and is expected to remain a major contractor for government and commercial space missions for years to come. Bulls argue that those businesses, together with future Starship capabilities, could ultimately justify much higher valuations if execution matches expectations.

Whether the recent selloff proves to be a temporary reset following an extraordinary rally or marks the beginning of a broader revaluation will likely depend on future Starship milestones, upcoming financial results, execution across the company’s artificial intelligence initiatives, and investors’ willingness to continue assigning premium valuations to long-duration growth companies.

JBizNews Desk | New York

© JBizNews.com All Rights Reserved. Reproduction or distribution without written permission is prohibited

Passengers were stranded in London after a pushback tug at London Luton Airport (LTN) struck an Israir aircraft scheduled to fly to Tel Aviv on Thursday evening, forcing the airline to cancel the flight.

Israir flight 116 from London Luton Airport to Ben Gurion Airport was scheduled to depart at 5 p.m. BST on Thursday and arrive in Israel at 12:05 a.m. on Friday.

According to a message sent to the passengers from the airline, the tug damaged the aircraft while it was being towed, leaving it grounded.

According to Israir, this was the third incident of its kind at the airport, and no investigation had been conducted into any of the cases.

“Following the accident and after its evacuation, the passengers were taken off the plane, transferred to the terminal and waited to receive their luggage,” Israir said in a statement.

‘Safety and security is top priority’ 

The airline arranged transportation and accommodations for the passengers. It also offered to reimburse passengers for food and travel expenses incurred through private arrangements, subject to the submission of required documentation and in accordance with company policy.

Passengers reportedly waited for hours aboard the aircraft without air conditioning before disembarking and being transferred to hotels.

“Just had the most horrific experience I’ve ever had on an airplane,”  Shoshanna Keats Jaskoll said in a message on their X/Twitter account.

“We were on @Israir_israel plan for over 2.5 hours with no AC. Doors closed most of the time. Children & adults panicking. An absolute NIGHTMARE,” she said. 

Shabbat observant passengers were forced to remain in England and are expected to return to Israel on Sunday, according to the airline.

“Israir apologizes to its passengers for the inconvenience caused to them as a result of an event beyond its control, and continues to accompany the passengers until they return to Israel. The safety and security of the passengers is the company’s top priority,” the airline said.

This post was originally published on here. 

Entering a 100-day election campaign this weekend, it is instructive to note what the coming Israeli vote is about and what it is not. 

The election is mainly about government responsibility for the October 7, 2023, disastrous attack by Hamas and the government’s outrageous indulgences during wartime to the ultra-Orthodox (haredi) Israeli public.

The election is not about classic foreign and defense policy issues, because on these matters, there is today a broad Israeli consensus. It is important to recognize this and understand the reasons why. 

The past three years of devastating enemy attacks on Israel have taught Israelis an important lesson – which is the need to maintain a proactive defense posture, including strategic ascendancy against enemies near and far.

Consequently, Israel will not return to the containment policies of recent decades that prioritized restraint and diplomacy over enemy degradation and military triumph. 

This approach allowed enemies to develop attack capabilities under the cover of diplomatic breathing time – what some Western officials mistakenly called periods of “stability.”

That approach blew up in Israel’s face, with terror and invasion from the West Bank and Gaza and from Syria and Lebanon and with the march of Iran’s nuclear bomb program to near completion and Iran’s ballistic missile array to near-annihilation-of-Israel potential.

Instead, Israel understands today that it must continue to make fierce and overwhelming moves against enemy strongholds from Sidon to Khan Yunis and from Nablus to Isfahan.

Israel will attack, not defend. It will initiate, not respond. It will hunt down its enemies, not be hounded by them.

Israel also has adopted a buffer-zone military strategy, with areas of long-term IDF control over borders where territory is dominated by Islamist-jihadist organizations. Behind the buffer zones now established in Lebanon, Gaza, and Syria is a set of ideas that identify a grim reality and provide a concrete and practical response. 

Israelis also realize that their neighbors will seek true reconciliation only when Jerusalem is strong. Additional Abraham Accord-style peace treaties are possible and desirable, but these will be based on muscular defense partnerships, not mushy notions of goodwill.

Notice that opposition figures now challenging Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu for leadership of the country are not talking much about any of this, because they have nothing to say differently from him in this regard. 

Neither Gadi Eisenkot, Naftali Bennett, Benny Gantz, nor Yair Lapid would or could act otherwise if they sat in the prime minister’s chair. 

They would have to clobber Iran and its proxies (which includes most actors in the irredentist Palestinian national movement) no less than Netanyahu has. And they will have to resist international pressures on these matters no less than Netanyahu has.

A new Israeli security consensus

They also know that Israeli public opinion won’t brook any weakness in these matters. Consider several recent Knesset decisions and declarations that were passed by overwhelming majorities – approved by crushing majorities that are so rare in the raucous and often-poisonous Israeli political playground.

In February 2024, 99 out of 120 members of Knesset – essentially representing the entire country aside from Israeli Arabs – voted to reject unilateral recognition by European and other countries of Palestinian statehood.

In July 2024, the Knesset issued a declaration by a 68-9 vote opposing Palestinian statehood altogether. The nine votes opposing the resolution came from the Knesset’s two Arab parties.

“The Israeli Knesset firmly opposes the establishment of a Palestinian state west of the Jordan [River]. The establishment of a Palestinian state in the heart of the Land of Israel will pose an existential danger to the State of Israel and its citizens, perpetuate the Israeli-Palestinian conflict, and destabilize the region. 

“It will only be a short matter of time before Hamas takes over the Palestinian state and turns it into a radical Islamic terrorist base, working in coordination with the Iranian-led axis, to eliminate the State of Israel,” the declaration stated.

Indeed, recent polls indicate that 80% of Israelis, again almost the entire Jewish public, oppose the establishment of another Palestinian state beyond the ruinous one already extant in Gaza. 

As a result, settlements in Judea and Samaria have manifestly become a consensus issue too. Israelis now understand that broad and deep settlement in Judea and Samaria is needed to torpedo the nightmare scenario of runaway Palestinian statehood.
 
This issue, which tore the Israeli public apart for four generations, has been resolved. Settlements are a security and Zionist asset, not a burden or a bar to peace. 

Sure enough, and understandably so, settlements are not an issue in the coming election campaign. No mainstream Israeli politician is stupid enough to dredge up stale paradigms about territorial withdrawals or to talk about tearing down the pioneering and more important-than-ever settlement enterprise. 

(The muckraking “Democratic Party” leader Yair Golan, heir to the tiny extreme left Meretz Party voting public, is the exception to this rule.)

In fact, in July 2025, a majority of 71 out of 120 Knesset members from the coalition and opposition passed a non-binding resolution in favor of applying Israeli sovereignty to Judea, Samaria, and the Jordan Valley. 

And I expect the next Israeli government – any government – to advance a declaration of Israeli sovereignty in at least Area C of these territories.

Congruent with this updated, necessarily tough, Israeli mindset on defense and national matters, the Knesset approved a law in March this year by a walloping vote of 93-0 (no objections or abstentions!), enabling the prosecution of Hamas’s Nukhba terrorists. 

Indictments are expected in special military courts against more than 400 Hamas barbarians for crimes against the Jewish people, crimes against humanity, war crimes, murder, rape, abduction, and looting. 

The death penalty for convicted terrorists is explicitly an option, and this applies also to terrorists who killed Israeli hostages in captivity long after October 7. 

The Israeli public demands no less. Protestations from the world against these trials and possible executions will fall on defiant and appropriately deaf Israeli ears.

Alas, I sense that much of the international community and even the Diaspora Jewish community still does not comprehend the deep changes in national security thinking and practice that are now the rock-solid Israeli mainstream path and which will not change much under the next Israeli government – whoever heads it.

Some highhanded politicians around the world refuse to consider the views of Israelis. They know better than Israelis how to secure this country. They flock to Israel to posture like peacocks and take this country’s leadership to task.

A classic example: The arrogant Rahm Emanuel, a US Democratic Party presidential candidate wannabe, who alighted in Tel Aviv last week to deride Prime Minister Binyamin Netanyahu as a “drunk driver” and to dispense warmed-over, hackneyed advice from the dreadful playbook of his former boss. 

Like President Barack Obama, Emanuel only pretended to be upset about drawing away from Israel.

Emanuel is stuck in a world of double illusions – the illusion that his election will advance by bashing Israel and the fantasy that Israel’s election can be swayed by pressure from abroad in favor of infirm foreign and defense policies. 

It would be smarter for world leaders to get used to a revamped Middle East strategic situation anchored by a hard-hitting, confident, and undivided Israel. 

The writer is a managing senior fellow at the Jerusalem-based Misgav Institute for National Security & Zionist Strategy. The views expressed here are his own. His diplomatic, defense, political, and Jewish world columns over the past 30 years are at davidmweinberg.com.

This post was originally published on here. 

Herb Keinon’s excellent article, “Sinwar’s letter and Israel’s blind spot,” opens a disturbing window into the psychology of a fanatical leader.

The handwritten document attributed to Yahya Sinwar showed that, long before October 7, he had contemplated not merely a fierce Israeli response to a Hamas invasion, but even the possibility of Israel using a nuclear weapon against Gaza. 

Yet that possibility did not deter him. In Keinon’s reading, Gaza’s devastation was not an unforeseen consequence. It was a price Sinwar was prepared to pay in the hope of igniting a regional war that would ultimately destroy Israel. 

That is the essence of fanaticism. It is placing an ideological objective above every ordinary calculation of human welfare, national survival and moral responsibility. 

Rational leaders may take terrible risks, but they remain answerable to consequences. Fanatics treat consequences as irrelevant, or even useful, provided suffering advances the sacred cause.

A second article, published by The Times of Israel, describes a completely different political and moral world, but raises an uncomfortable question about the same psychological mechanism.

The Knesset has passed legislation temporarily preventing the arrest and prosecution of tens of thousands of haredi (ultra-Orthodox) men who have evaded military service. Its practical effect is to halt most haredi enlistment for months, even as the IDF says it urgently needs thousands of additional soldiers during an ongoing multifront conflict. 

The chief of staff called the proposal “inconceivable” and incompatible with the army’s needs. The legislation and the military leadership’s objections were also independently reported by the Associated Press. 

Some haredi politicians did not receive the legislation with embarrassment or sober recognition of a painful national dilemma. They celebrated it. They described enforcement as “persecution” of Torah students. 

One threatened unprecedented civil rebellion if the courts intervened. A total of 18 haredi MKs proudly disclosed that their own children or grandchildren might benefit, invoking the biblical Tribe of Levi. 

Let me be absolutely clear. I am not comparing the haredi community to Hamas.

Hamas is a murderous terrorist organization committed to Israel’s destruction. Haredim are our fellow Jews, neighbors, and family. Many live lives of kindness, devotion, charity, and genuine holiness. 

Some serve in the IDF, emergency organizations, and other forms of national service. There is no moral equivalence between Hamas and haredi Judaism. Any suggestion that there is would be grotesque.

I am comparing something narrower: the fanaticism of leaders who elevate one ideological demand above the safety of their own people.

Sinwar was willing to expose Gaza to catastrophic destruction because destroying Israel mattered more to him than protecting Gazans. 

Certain haredi political leaders, together with rabbinic leaders who insist upon blanket exemption, are willing to weaken Israel’s army, prolong the crushing burden on soldiers and reservists, and deepen social division because preserving that exemption matters more to them than the consequences for the country in which their community lives.

The scale is different. The intent is different. The moral universe is different. But the refusal to allow reality to modify doctrine is recognizably similar.

Fanaticism begins when a leader can no longer say: “Our belief is precious, but the facts have changed.”

A reminder of Torah values

Israel after October 7 is not the Israel of 20 or 40 years ago. The IDF has fought across several fronts. Reservists have lost businesses, careers, health and, in too many cases, their lives. Parents are sending sons and daughters back into danger for repeated rounds of reserve duty. 

The very legislation protecting draft evaders comes while soldiers and reservists continue shouldering an extraordinary burden. 

Against that background, insisting that an entire and rapidly growing sector remain outside military or meaningful national service is not the defense of Torah. It is the absolutization of a social arrangement that arose under completely different circumstances.

I write this as a rabbi who believes that Torah study is indispensable to Jewish existence. A Jewish state without Torah would be spiritually impoverished. Serious scholars should be nurtured, and exceptional students enabled to devote themselves to learning.

But the claim that every haredi young man is a member of a modern “Tribe of Levi,” exempt from defending Jewish life while others repeatedly risk theirs, is neither morally sustainable nor politically viable.

Torah cannot become a slogan used to transfer danger from one Jewish family to another. The preservation of life is a supreme Torah value. Shared responsibility is a Torah value. Refusing to stand aside while one’s neighbor is in danger is a Torah value.

A leadership that speaks endlessly of the holiness of study while ignoring the blood, exhaustion, and fear of those protecting its communities has confused the defense of an institution with the defense of Judaism.

As presented, the legislation does not offer a serious program for gradual integration, tailored military frameworks, expanded civilian service, or genuine compromise. It removes the immediate consequences of refusal. It tells one sector that the law may be suspended for its benefit while everyone else remains bound by the duties of citizenship. 

That is not social peace. It is state-sponsored resentment.

Israel is due to vote on October 27. The election will involve many urgent questions: leadership, security, the economy, the conduct of the war, and the future of Israel’s democratic institutions.

But shared service cannot be dismissed as a narrow dispute between secular and religious Israelis. It is now a question of national survival.

At the ballot box, citizens should examine not merely what parties say about “unity,” but what they are prepared to do when coalition arithmetic collides with the needs of the IDF. Will they insist on a fair, realistic, and enforceable framework of service? Or will they again trade national security for parliamentary support?

Keinon’s article reminds us of the danger of assuming that every actor will ultimately be restrained by concern for his own people. Israel made that mistake with Sinwar, imagining that prosperity and deterrence would moderate Hamas. 

We must not make a domestic version of the same analytical mistake by assuming that haredi leaders will eventually compromise simply because the present course endangers the country they inhabit.

They may not. Fanatics rarely do so voluntarily.

The task of a democratic state is not to demonize a community, but neither is it to surrender to its most uncompromising leaders. 

Israel must make room for haredi life, Torah learning, and religious difference. It must not permit any leadership, however politically powerful or religiously revered, to make the safety of the nation negotiable.

This post was originally published on here. 

A New Jersey homeowner has filed a lawsuit against Newrez LLC, dba Shellpoint Mortgage Servicing, alleging the company engaged in years of unfair mortgage servicing practices that deprived her of a meaningful opportunity to avoid foreclosure.

The complaint, filed in the Superior Court of New Jersey, Law Division in Essex County, was brought by homeowner Autumn M. Urling. She claims that Shellpoint repeatedly delayed decisions, provided inconsistent information and mishandled her requests for mortgage assistance, resulting in financial losses and jeopardizing both her home and home-based business.

Court records show Urling filed the original complaint on July 8 and submitted a first amended complaint on July 16, before Shellpoint had filed a responsive pleading.

Representatives from Newrez/Shellpoint did not return HousingWire‘s request for comment at the time of publication.

Urling alleges that the “repeated pattern of mortgage servicing misconduct” resulted in violations of the federal Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act (RESPA) and its implementing Regulation X, as well as the New Jersey Consumer Fraud Act and state common law.

Among the allegations, Urling claims Shellpoint issued a reinstatement noticed dated June 22, 2026, but she did not receive it until about June 30, leaving only one day before the July 1 payment deadline. She contends the timeline did not provide a reasonable opportunity to obtain and transmit the funds needed to reinstate the loan.

Urling claims to have submitted multiple loss-mitigation applications, notices of error and requests for reconsideration in an effort to reinstate or modify her mortgage. She also alleges that Shellpoint “repeatedly failed” to provide timely or adequate responses and continued foreclosure activity while these requests remained unresolved.

The complaint also alleges the company failed to provide a written explanation about the denial of a change-of-circumstances request, which included a proposed $50,000 contribution toward resolving the default.

Urling claims Shellpoint provided “conflicting, inconsistent, incomplete and changing communications” about her mortgage account, reinstatement figures and foreclosure alternatives, while simultaneously pursuing foreclosure proceedings. She also alleges the company’s actions caused increased interest, servicing fees, escrow advances, foreclosure-related expenses and other financial losses.

Among the claims, Urling said that the dispute disrupted a home-based business she has operated since 1998, resulting in lost income, business opportunities and reputational harm, as well as emotional distress.

The plaintiff is seeking compensatory damages, punitive damages where permitted by law, statutory and treble damages where applicable, attorneys’ fees and costs, injunctive relief and other remedies to be determined at trial.

This post was originally published on here. 

Honda confirmed Thursday, July 16, that it will conclude sales of the Honda Prologue following completion of the 2026 model year, marking a significant shift in the automaker’s U.S. electrification strategy. The company said existing Prologue owners will continue receiving full dealer support, including warranty coverage, service and replacement parts.

When the final Prologue is sold, Honda is expected to have no fully battery-electric vehicle available for sale in the United States, underscoring one of the industry’s most notable retreats from an aggressive EV expansion strategy as market conditions continue evolving.

The announcement comes after several years in which Honda publicly committed billions of dollars toward battery-electric vehicles before reassessing those plans amid slowing consumer demand, changing government incentives and mounting financial pressures.

The Prologue did not struggle when it first entered the market.

After launching in March 2024, Honda sold more than 33,000 Prologues during its first year and nearly 39,000 more in 2025, making it one of America’s best-selling electric vehicles. Momentum changed dramatically during 2026 as federal purchase incentives disappeared and consumers increasingly shifted toward hybrids rather than fully electric vehicles.

Through the first half of this year, Prologue sales declined approximately 48% compared with the same period a year earlier. Honda now expects total 2026 Prologue sales of roughly 17,900 vehicles.

To maintain sales, Honda has offered aggressive lease incentives, including promotional leases beginning around $279 per month on a vehicle carrying a starting price of approximately $47,400.

Unlike most Honda models, the Prologue was never developed entirely in-house.

The vehicle is manufactured by General Motors at its Ramos Arizpe, Mexico, assembly plant and rides on GM’s Ultium electric vehicle platform, sharing much of its underlying engineering with the Chevrolet Blazer EV. Because the model relies on another manufacturer’s platform and production system, analysts view it as one of the easiest programs for Honda to discontinue as it reshapes its long-term electric vehicle strategy.

Honda’s broader pullback extends beyond a single model.

The company has significantly reduced planned spending on battery-electric vehicle development, citing rapidly changing market conditions, the elimination of federal EV purchase incentives in North America and intense competitive pressure in China.

Honda now estimates the financial impact of scaling back portions of its EV strategy at approximately 2.5 trillion yen, or about $15.7 billion.

Despite stepping back from battery-electric vehicles in the United States, Honda’s overall North American business remains healthy.

The company continues forecasting approximately 1.5 million combined Honda and Acura vehicle sales in the United States during 2026, representing roughly 4% growth from last year. Much of that strength is being driven by continued consumer demand for hybrid vehicles, which have become an increasingly important part of Honda’s lineup.

For Honda, the decision reflects a broader shift occurring throughout the global automotive industry.

Automakers are increasingly balancing long-term investments in electric vehicles against current consumer demand, profitability and changing regulatory policies. Rather than abandoning electrification altogether, many manufacturers are placing greater emphasis on hybrid technology while adjusting the pace of future battery-electric vehicle launches.

Honda says it remains committed to electrification over the long term and continues selling electric vehicles in several international markets. In the United States, however, the conclusion of Prologue production marks the end of Honda’s current battery-electric lineup and highlights how quickly market conditions have reshaped automakers’ strategies.

JBizNews Desk | New York

© JBizNews.com All Rights Reserved. Reproduction or distribution without written permission is prohibited.

Young entrepreneurs are increasingly turning social media audiences into full-scale businesses, using digital content to build subscription communities, marketing firms and investment portfolios instead of relying on a single source of income.

“School of Hard Knocks” co-founder James Dumoulin joined FOX Business’ Stuart Varney on “Varney & Co.” to explain how he has grown the company into a media platform with 26 million followers while expanding into multiple revenue streams.

Dumoulin said his strategy is built around creating a business that generates value in several different ways instead of relying solely on advertising revenue.

“So what we did is we looked at our core business of having one of the biggest business media channels in the entire world… What are all the different ways that we can make money off this thing?” Dumoulin said.

GEN Z BREAKS ULTIMATE TABOO BY POSTING SALARIES ONLINE

He said one lesson has stood out after spending time with successful entrepreneurs.

“Concentration builds wealth, diversification keeps it,” Dumoulin said. “In our case, we became so good at one thing… And we diversified into other efforts.”

The 24-year-old said his focus remains on growing the media business while adding new ventures, including a marketing agency, a consulting company and investments.

Dumoulin also shared advice for younger people hoping to build wealth, stressing that long-term success requires consistent daily action.

TEEN INVESTOR BOOM: WHY WALL STREET IS CHASING YOUNGEST GENERATIONS EARLIER THAN EVER

“Macro patience and micro urgency is one of the most important concepts that you need to master in today’s world,” he said. “Billionaires take action on a daily basis.”

The 24-year-old said anyone willing to adopt that approach has the potential to achieve similar success. 

“I have no doubt that you’ll be a millionaire one day at 24 years old like myself,” Dumoulin said.

GET FOX BUSINESS ON THE GO BY CLICKING HERE

This post was originally published here. 

Toyota announced Thursday, July 16, that it will invest an additional $2 billion across several U.S. manufacturing facilities to expand production capacity, modernize assembly operations and increase output of hybrid vehicles as consumer demand continues shifting toward fuel-efficient models.

The latest investment builds on Toyota’s long-term commitment to U.S. manufacturing and comes as the automaker experiences record demand for hybrid vehicles across much of its lineup. Company officials said the funding will support new equipment, advanced manufacturing technology, workforce training and expanded production capabilities at multiple facilities.

Toyota currently employs more than 49,000 people across the United States and manufactures vehicles, engines and components at plants spanning the Midwest and South.

The investment reflects a broader strategy of producing more vehicles closer to American consumers while strengthening domestic supply chains.

Hybrid models have become one of Toyota’s strongest growth drivers as consumers seek better fuel economy without relying entirely on battery-electric vehicles.

Sales of hybrid versions of the Camry, Corolla, RAV4, Highlander, Grand Highlander, Tacoma and other models have continued climbing throughout 2026, with many dealerships reporting limited inventory due to sustained demand.

Executives said consumers increasingly prefer hybrids because they offer improved fuel efficiency without concerns about public charging infrastructure or longer charging times.

The new investment is expected to increase manufacturing flexibility, allowing Toyota to adjust production more quickly as customer preferences continue evolving.

The company said portions of the funding will also support automation, robotics and advanced quality-control systems designed to improve productivity while maintaining Toyota’s manufacturing standards.

Toyota has invested more than $50 billion in U.S. operations over the past several decades, making it one of America’s largest automotive manufacturers.

The company’s expanding domestic footprint also supports thousands of suppliers, logistics providers and local businesses throughout the regions where its plants operate.

Industry analysts say Toyota’s continued emphasis on hybrid technology has positioned the automaker well during a period when many consumers remain cautious about fully electric vehicles but still want improved fuel economy.

Rather than abandoning electrification, Toyota has continued pursuing a diversified strategy that includes hybrids, plug-in hybrids, battery-electric vehicles and hydrogen technologies.

For American workers, the investment signals continued confidence in domestic manufacturing.

For consumers, it could help improve vehicle availability while supporting future production of popular hybrid models that have experienced strong demand in recent years.

Toyota said construction and equipment upgrades will begin immediately, with additional production capacity expected to come online over the next several years.

JBizNews Desk | Plano, Texas

© JBizNews.com All Rights Reserved. Reproduction or distribution without written permission is prohibited.

Apple is facing a proposed class action lawsuit alleging its “Hide My Email” feature failed to conceal users’ real email addresses from websites and apps.

The complaint, filed Wednesday in federal court, also claimed Apple was aware the feature, introduced in 2019, was not working as early as last summer and did not take sufficient action to fix it.

The alleged issue still has not been remedied, according to the suit, even as Apple continues to claim “Hide My Email” generates “unique, random email addresses” that forward to a user’s personal inbox so their real email address is “kept private.”

APPLE ACCUSES OPENAI OF TELLING RECRUITS TO BRING APPLE PROTOTYPES TO INTERVIEWS

“A vulnerability in the implementation of Hide My Email allows almost anyone, without elevated privileges or insider access, to link a Hide My Email alias back to the user’s real email address. Independent testing found that 100% of the aliases examined were exploitable,” according to the lawsuit.

Apple offers “Hide My Email” in two ways: through Sign in with Apple, where users can mask their address when creating accounts online, and through paid iCloud+ subscriptions, which let users generate private relay addresses more broadly.

The lawsuit was filed by Anthony Alvarez, a San Diego resident who claims he was “one of the millions of customers” who paid for an iCloud+ subscription with the expectation that his email address would be kept private.

The feature, as advertised, protects users from spam emails, stops their data from being sold to data brokers and prevents their information from being exposed in a third-party data breach.

APPLE TO INVEST $30 BILLION IN US CHIP MANUFACTURING

A security researcher found a flaw in the feature in June 2025 and reported it to Apple, per the lawsuit.

One month later, Apple acknowledged the bug and by March, Apple said it had “addressed the reported issue in a recent system change,” the lawsuit said.

After the researcher told Apple the bug was still present, the company said in May that it would release a patch within a few weeks, according to the suit.

That never happened, the lawsuit said, which prompted the researcher to go public about the “Hide My Email” vulnerability.

If the judge agrees that thousands — or potentially millions — of people were affected by the alleged security flaw, the lawsuit could move forward as a class action.

The lawsuit does not demand a specific dollar amount in compensation but seeks money for customers who paid for Apple privacy protections that allegedly did not work as promised.

Fox News Digital reached out to Apple for comment on the lawsuit.

This post was originally published here. 

An Ohio man is suing a Taco Bell franchisee over the cyclosporiasis outbreak after eating at one of the chain’s restaurants in the Cleveland area and becoming ill.

Mohammed Ayyad’s lawsuit claims that he ate two meals involving items he ordered regularly from a Taco Bell in North Olmsted, Ohio, on June 14, and another meal on June 21 that also involved multiple orders of cheesy fiesta potatoes and avocado ranch chicken stackers.

Ayyad began experiencing symptoms of a cyclospora infection on June 23 and worsened from a fever to include diarrhea and vomiting over the next day, the lawsuit alleges. He remained ill through July 2 and went to a healthcare provider, providing a stool sample confirmed on July 9 that he contracted cyclosporiasis that was then treated with antibiotics, but missed two weeks of work.

The suit claims that the Taco Bell franchisee, Pacific Bells LLC, sold defective food products to Ayyad, who is seeking damages for pain and suffering, medical and pharmaceutical expenses, lost wages and emotional distress.

FDA SAYS TACO BELL TO STOP USING LETTUCE SUPPLIER LINKED TO MULTISTATE PARASITE OUTBREAK

FOX Business reached out to Taco Bell for comment on the lawsuit.

The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) on Thursday posted an update into the cyclospora outbreak which noted it and other public health agencies are investigating infections linked to shredded iceberg lettuce served at Taco Bell locations in five states – including Indiana, Kentucky, Michigan, Ohio and West Virginia.

CDC’s update noted there have been 1,644 cyclospora infections recorded in relation to the outbreak with exposure to Taco Bell over the five states, with illness dates ranging from May 13 to July 13. There have been 94 hospitalizations and no deaths have been reported, per the agency.

TACO BELL INVESTIGATED AS LETTUCE EMERGES AS POSSIBLE SOURCE OF CYCLOSPORIASIS OUTBREAK

The update added that the true number of sick people in the outbreak “is likely higher than the number reported, and the outbreak may not be limited to the states with known illnesses.” That’s because some people will recover without medical care and aren’t tested cyclospora, while other recent illnesses may not have been reported yet because it can take up to six weeks to determine if a sick person is part of the outbreak.

The Food and Drug Administration (FDA) identified a single supplier of shredded lettuce from Mexico used at the Taco Bell locations where sick people ate before becoming ill.

The FDA is looking to determine if the shredded iceberg lettuce went to other places, and is working with the supplier to determine if potentially contaminated lettuce remains on the market, while Taco Bell said it would stop using lettuce from the supplier.

TACO BELL RAMPS UP VOICE AI USE ACROSS NEARLY 900 DRIVE-THRUS

Taco Bell said in a statement provided to FOX Business on Thursday that, “Based on ongoing conversations with public health officials, and out of an abundance of caution, Taco Bell has taken immediate action to voluntarily remove potentially impacted lettuce from a supplier in select states. The affected ingredient from our supplier is being indefinitely removed from our supply chain nationwide and will be replaced within 24 hours in select states.”

“While no official advisory has been issued, we believe public health is a shared responsibility among restaurants, their suppliers, and authorities, and we are proud to have consistently acted quickly and proactively to protect our guests. Taco Bell has taken precautionary action, and we encourage all relevant restaurants, retailers, and foodservice operators to do the same,” the company added.

GET FOX BUSINESS ON THE GO BY CLICKING HERE

This post was originally published here. 

Easing gasoline costs bolstered U.S. consumer sentiment in July, but improving confidence may not persist as pump prices target $4 again.
The University of Michigan’s widely watched Consumer Sentiment Index surged 10 percent this month to 54.4, from 49.5 in June.
July’s preliminary reading marked the second straight monthly boost and represented the highest level since February. This also came in above the market estimate of 51.
The indexes for current economic conditions and consumer expectations also climbed 15 percent and 6.5 percent, respectively.
But overall sentiment remains down by almost 12 percent from a year ago as renewed price pressures weigh on Americans’ wallets.
Since the Iranian conflict began in late February, gasoline prices have been highly volatile….

This post was originally published here. 

It might be hard to believe, but the 2026 FIFA World Cup is nearly over. Soccer fans have been captivated by what many are calling one of the most exciting tournaments in recent memory, while cities around the globe, including New York City, have welcomed travelers from near and far to celebrate the beloved event. This Sunday, the tournament will come to an end in New Jersey, which will host the final between Argentina and Spain. The third-place match between France and England takes place on Saturday. Ahead, here are some of the best places across the five boroughs to watch the match, from a free free screenings on Governors Island and in Hudson Yards to under the Blue Whale at the American Museum of Natural History.

Manhattan

American Museum of Natural History
200 Central Park West, Upper West Side
Sunday, July 19 at 3 p.m.

Credit: Alvaro Keding / © AMNH 

The American Museum of Natural History is transforming into a World Cup watch party destination for the final. The match will be shown on giant screens in the LeFrak Theater, Cullman Hall of the Universe, the Global Sports Pavilion in Futter Gallery, beneath the iconic Blue Whale in the Milstein Hall of Ocean Life, and the Wallach Orientation Center, with admission included with museum entry. The screening marks the latest event in the museum’s “World Cup, World Cultures: Celebrating the Community of Science and Sport” series, which featured match screenings throughout June and July leading up to the final.

Rockefeller Center

Credit: Tishman Speyer

The iconic Rink at Rockefeller Center has been taken over by Telemundo, which has transformed it into a “fan village” for the duration of the World Cup. Across the world-famous plaza, visitors have enjoyed soccer-themed programming, from youth soccer clinics and outdoor movie screenings to watch parties and brand activations. Watching the final at Rockefeller Center will offer an immersive experience in one of the world’s most famous public spaces. Tickets are not required, but spots are expected to fill up quickly, so fans are encouraged to arrive early and secure a spot.

Great Lawn at Central Park
Sunday, July 19 at 12 p.m.

Central Park is hosting what will be one of the world’s largest World Cup watch parties for Sunday’s final, with 50,000 people expected to attend. Hosted on the park’s iconic Great Lawn in partnership with Global Citizen, the event will feature giant LED screens, food vendors, and live performances. The watch party will be emceed by Charlamagne Tha God and Elvis Duran. Tickets were distributed through a lottery, which closed on Thursday.

Governors Island
Parade Ground
July 19 from 1 p.m. to 6 p.m.

Photo by Julienne Schaer for the Trust for Governors Island

Witness the epic conclusion of the FIFA World Cup at Governors Island’s historic Parade Ground, where fans can enjoy the final with the Manhattan skyline as a scenic backdrop. Presented in partnership with Rooftop Films, the large-scale public screening will feature soccer clinics, open play opportunities, live DJs, family-friendly activities, and international food vendors celebrating NYC’s diversity. The event is free and open to the public.

Pitchside Club
The Standard Biergarten, 848 Washington Street, Meatpacking District

Michelob Ultra has transformed the High Line’s Standard Biergarten into a soccer social club, creating a lively viewing experience that brings fans closer to the action just across the river from MetLife Stadium. At the 21+ watch club, attendees can enjoy Michelob Ultra alongside live DJs, fan activations, giveaways, and other programming. Advanced registration is required.

Manhattan West
Manhattan West Plaza, Hudson Yards
Sunday, July 19 at 3 p.m.

Credit: Manhattan West

Fans have gathered at Manhattan West’s plaza for every match of the tournament so far, and the final will be no different. The spacious public space offers a lively setting for soccer fans, with nearby restaurants and bars providing plenty of options to enjoy game day.

Lincoln Center
Hearst Plaza, Lincoln Square

Catch the World Cup final at Lincoln Center for the Performing Arts’ idyllic Hearst Plaza. The lush public space has hosted watch parties throughout the tournament, with matches broadcast on a large screen with full live audio and a vibrant fan atmosphere. The watch party is free, with entry available on a first-come, first-served basis. Capacity is limited, so guests are encouraged to arrive early.

The Red Lion
151 Bleecker Street, Greenwich Village

Widely considered one of the city’s top destinations to watch soccer, the Red Lion in Greenwich Village has hosted an exciting lineup of watch parties and programming throughout this year’s World Cup. Every match is broadcast with full sound across the indoor and outdoor space, featuring food and drink specials, a rotating menu of World Cup burgers inspired by participating countries, official FIFA sponsor beer buckets, and giveaways. The excitement culminates on Sunday during the final, when the Red Lion will host one last unforgettable watch party.

The Matchbox at El Lugar
132 West 27th Street, Nomad

Credit: IGC Hospitality

Tucked inside the INNSiDE by Meliá New York NoMad, El Lugar has transformed into a fully immersive soccer headquarters for the FIFA World Cup. The themed installation features turf, international flags, soccer-themed bar games, and a 136-inch TV with full sound throughout the venue. Patrons can enjoy the final alongside regional Mexican dishes by Chef Alex Mixcoatl, country-inspired game-day specials, a taco stand, and expansive agave offerings.

Watermark
Pier 15, 78 South Street, South Street Seaport

Credit: Watermark

The Seaport’s popular Watermark Bar is in the midst of another seasonal transformation, this time becoming a beach-like oasis complete with palm trees, colorful cocktails, and a live DJ. While sandy beaches and tropical skies are replaced with scenic views of the East River and Brooklyn Bridge, the 10,000-square-foot space is inviting guests to enjoy the final in tropical fashion. The venue will serve a signature “Goal Digger Margarita” made with tequila, fresh lime juice, and orange liqueur in a custom soccer-ball cup available for guests to take home. There are also several photo opportunities, including a soccer goal framed by international flags. Sunday’s final watch party will be followed by an afterparty from 5:30 p.m. to midnight. Tickets start at $27 and can be purchased here.

Sadie’s
19 Fulton Street, South Street Seaport

Sunday, July 19, from 1 p.m. to 8 p.m.

Credit: Rodolfo Sanchez Carvalho

Throughout the World Cup, Sadie’s has served as one of the Seaport’s tournament hubs, providing a lively space to cheer on your favorite team. The indoor-outdoor venue is anchored by its 200-seat Garden Bar, featuring an 18-foot LED screen showing every match of the tournament, with seating available on a first-come, first-served basis. Sunday’s watch party will feature activations by NÜTRL and Patrón, including giveaways, a live DJ, limited-edition merchandise, and more.

El Museo del Barrio
1230 5th Avenue, East Harlem

East Harlem’s cultural institution, El Museo del Barrio, is hosting a free World Cup final watch party, inviting the community to come together for a celebratory gathering. Participants are encouraged to wear their team’s colors for an exciting afternoon filled with hands-on arts activities, a live DJ, and more. RSVP for the event here.

Backyard at Hudson Yards

Photo by Ricky Gee for Hudson Yards

Backyard at Hudson Yards has been a go-to spot for free watch parties all World Cup long. The outdoor plaza next to Vessel has a 30-foot screen and a FIFA merch store inside the Hudson Yards shopping mall. Hudson Yards will be playing both the third-place match on Saturday and the final on Sunday.

Queens

Pig Beach BBQ
35-37 36th Street, Astoria

Credit: Jacob Williams

Over the past few months, Astoria’s Pig Beach BBQ has emerged as one of Queens’ top watch party destinations, hosting fans for events ranging from the Knicks’ NBA Finals run to the FIFA World Cup. Now, with demand continuing to grow, the massive indoor and outdoor space has expanded with a new second-floor, 2,500-square-foot private “Soccer Suite” dedicated to screening the tournament.

Delivering a stadium-style viewing experience, the suite accommodates up to 150 guests with elevated seating, premium views of the game, and outdoor terrace access overlooking the backyard beer garden and Jumbotron. The space also features eight additional TVs and air conditioning, ensuring guests can enjoy the action in comfort without missing a moment.

Though the suite provides an elevated viewing experience, Pig Beach’s regular space below is nothing to scoff at, spanning 28,000 square feet with a 28-foot Jumbotron, 65 TVs, a sprawling backyard beer garden, and several food and beverage stations and bars where patrons can enjoy the restaurant’s barbecue.

MoMA PS1
22-25 Jackson Avenue, Long Island City

The World Cup final excitement travels to Long Island City’s MoMA PS1 on Sunday, where the museum is hosting a free watch party in collaboration with the LIC Partnership. Guests can sample food and drinks from local LIC vendors in the courtyard before the match kicks off at 3 p.m.

Queens Night Market
Flushing Meadows-Corona Park, 47-01 111th Street, Corona

The beloved Queens Night Market in Flushing Meadows–Corona Park, just outside the New York Hall of Science, is hosting a free World Cup final watch party on a giant 30-foot LED screen. While you’re there, enjoy affordable food and drinks from the market’s diverse lineup of vendors, reflecting the many cultures and backgrounds that make Queens the world’s borough.

Queens Botanical Garden
43-50 Main Street, Flushing

Flushing’s lush Queens Botanical Garden is screening the final for free on its front lawn, featuring three jumbotrons with scenic oak trees and blooming summer flowers providing a calming backdrop. The event will feature food from local vendors, as well as alcoholic and non-alcoholic beverages available for purchase. While admission is free, capacity is limited, so those interested in attending are encouraged to RSVP.

Jamaica Performing Arts Center
153-10 Jamaica Avenue, Jamaica

Design your own custom buttons and add them to a community art wall at the Jamaica Performing Arts Center as part of a free watch party celebrating the final. The collaborative art installation will be open from 12:30 p.m. to 2:30 p.m., allowing participants to add handmade crafts and Polaroid photographs captured on-site before settling in for the match at 3 p.m. After the game, guests can take home their personalized keepsakes as a memento of the celebration.

Queens Borough Hall
120-55 Queens Boulevard, Kew Gardens

Queens Borough Hall is hosting a free finals watch party on its front lawn, with the match broadcast on a massive 16-foot-by-9-foot LED screen. Guests can also enjoy free empanadas from Mama’s Empanadas, available on a first-come, first-served basis. Visitors are encouraged to bring a blanket or chair. RSVP is required.

Brooklyn

Brooklyn Bridge Park
Emily Warren Roebling Plaza, Dumbo

Credit: adidas

Brooklyn Bridge Park has been transformed into the adidas Home of Soccer in New York for the duration of the World Cup, turning the waterfront green space into a hub for the sport. Open daily from 12 p.m. to 10 p.m., the destination offers the ultimate fan experience, with live match screenings, a soccer pitch, food vendors, a beer garden, interactive programming, and more, celebrating NYC’s soccer culture. The hub will host a watch party for the final, marking the end of the weeks-long activation that saw Brooklyn Bridge Park become the borough’s soccer capital.

The Bronx

Bronx River Art Center
1087 East Tremont Avenue, Soundview

Attend a free World Cup final watch party at the Bronx River Art Center, featuring family-friendly activities and programming that will create a festive atmosphere. The event will include free face painting for guests of all ages, live music, light refreshments and snacks, and plenty of community spirit. Registration is encouraged, but walk-ins will be accepted on a first-come, first-served basis.

For Spain fans

Rioja at Mercado Little Spain
10 Hudson Yards

José Andrés’ Mercado Little Spain is an ideal destination to watch the World Cup final, especially for fans supporting Spain. Rioja, located inside the sprawling Spanish food hall, is hosting a watch party as La Roja looks to cap its historic tournament run and bring home its first World Cup championship since 2010.

Socarrat Paella Bar
Locations in Chelsea, Midtown East, and Nolita

With three Manhattan locations, Socarrat Paella Bar offers plenty of space for Spain fans to catch the final. Known for its signature Spanish dish, the restaurant will show the match at all three locations, with only its dinner menu available to order. Reservations are open now, with a $50 minimum per guest.

Tomiño Taberna Gallega
192 Grand Street, Soho

At Nolita’s Tomiño, Spain fans can enjoy authentic Galician fare in a lively gameday atmosphere. The Michelin Bib Gourmand tavern highlights the seafood-focused cuisine of northwestern Spain, along with handcrafted cocktails and other specialty dishes to enjoy while watching the final.

Despaña NYC
408 Broome Street, Soho

Soho’s Despaña is throwing the ultimate Spain watch party, complete with authentic tapas and cold Spanish beer to toast the team. The specialty Spanish food purveyor will offer communal table seating, along with standing room in front of a large TV at the front of the store so even more guests can catch the match. Tickets cost $35 per person, plus tax, and include five tapas and one beer.

For Argentina fans

Raices Argentinas Steakhouse
667 5th Avenue, Park Slope

Argentina fans looking for a thrilling gameday experience should head to Park Slope’s Raices Argentinas Steakhouse. The restaurant offers the perfect setting for supporters hoping to watch the defending champions add another title to the country’s long list of soccer accolades. Guests can also enjoy authentic Argentinian fare and ice-cold beverages throughout the match.

Boca Juniors
81-08 Queens Boulevard, Elmhurst

The soccer-themed Boca Juniors restaurant in Elmhurst is already a hub for the sport, so Argentina’s final appearance is sure to make for an unforgettable atmosphere. Patrons can enjoy Argentinian favorites, from fire-grilled steaks to handmade empanadas, while cheering on the blue and white in its matchup against Spain.

Klan Destino
74-17 Metropolitan Avenue, Middle Village

Klan Destino in Middle Village brings together authentic Argentinian fare and a lively cultural atmosphere, making it a great destination for Queens residents and Argentina fans watching Sunday’s final. The restaurant is known for its live music, cocktails, and Argentinian steaks, offering a welcoming game-day experience.

Estancia 460
460 Greenwich Street, Tribeca

This year’s tournament marks the sixth World Cup that Tribeca’s Estancia 460 has seen in its 36 years of business, and the Argentinian restaurant is hoping to celebrate another championship after the team’s 2022 victory. The restaurant, which highlights the Italian and Spanish culinary influences on Argentinian cuisine, is inviting guests to watch the match with craft cocktails, delicious food, and an energetic atmosphere.

RELATED:

The post Where to watch the FIFA World Cup final in NYC first appeared on 6sqft.

This post was originally published here. 

Union Home Mortgage Corp. (UHM) has acquired AmeriTrust Mortgage Corp. in an asset deal that closed in 45 days, boosting UHM’s exposure to the nonqualified mortgage (non-QM) market. Financial terms were not disclosed.

“There have been long-term relationships between some of the senior executives on both sides,” UHM CEO Bill Cosgrove told HousingWire. “We are acquiring the assets of AmeriTrust, predominantly a retail lender — there’s no servicing involved in the transaction.”

The deal, announced Friday to employees, comes amid difficult market conditions.

“Not only AmeriTrust, but the entire industry is still facing record-low gross margins, and that tells us the mortgage industry still has a great deal of overcapacity relative to the amount of home sales in the country,” Cosgrove said. “Consolidation in the mortgage industry will continue, and Union Home over 26 years has built ourselves into a safe, aggressive mortgage banker, and our strategy plays very well in today’s market.”

California-based AmeriTrust, a multichannel lender, had 92 sponsored loan officers in five active branches as of Friday, according to the Nationwide Multistate Licensing System (NMLS). Data from mortgage tech platform RETR shows it produced $913 million in mortgages in 2025, including $250 million on the wholesale side.

Cosgrove estimated UHM will bring on about 200 AmeriTrust employees, including loan officers, with roughly 20 to 25 overlapping roles. Union Home has 824 sponsored LOs across 192 active branches, according to NMLS.

Ohio-based UHM ranked as the 34th-largest mortgage lender in 2025, according to Inside Mortgage Finance, with $11.5 billion in production. Its business is split evenly between retail and wholesale, and it operates a consumer direct channel that supports portfolio retention. The company maintains a $23 billion servicing portfolio.

A move from UHM was widely expected after the lender signaled a strong appetite for M&A by hiring Renee Hildebrand from Guild Mortgage in February to pursue new opportunities.

The AmeriTrust deal follows UHM’s acquisitions of Nations Reliable Lending, Amerifirst Home Mortgage and Sierra Pacific Mortgage Co., and it could lift the company’s trailing 12-month production to more than $20 billion, Cosgrove said.

The transaction could also increase non-QM loans to 15% to 20% of UHM’s overall volume in the first year, he added. AmeriTrust, which positioned itself as a one-stop shop offering agency and government lending products, had leaned heavily into the non-QM sector.

In January, AmeriTrust appointed Shea Pallante as chief revenue officer. A mortgage industry veteran, Pallante joined from non-QM wholesale lender Brokers First Funding. He previously told HousingWire that the firm was expanding into nondelegated correspondent channels while aiming to more than double its monthly origination volume.

This post was originally published on here. 

According to Aaron Kirman, much of his success in the real estate industry first as a solo agent, then as a team leader and now as a brokerage CEO, has come from keeping his finger on the pulse of the industry and taking a critical approach to his business. 

“Life is always an evolution and you don’t often know where you’re going to land,” Kirman said. “But I always like to analyze where I am and what I can be doing better. In real estate, business changes every single day, so I am constantly doing this.” 

This approach, Kirman said, is what led him to go from a solo agent to eventually building the Aaron Kirman Group, a seven-agent team in 2017.

“At the time, teams were not that common in real estate, but I saw the changing dynamics with the technology that was out there. I realized that there is only so much any one agent can do, so I looked at how I could get past the $500 million sales volume mark. Then, I realized what that would take, and I knew that the days of being a solo agent were gone,” he said. 

At first, Kirman said other agents were reluctant to join and questioned how being on a team would benefit them, but once they realized how much more ground they could cover by working together, they were sold. 

“We went from seven agents to about 100 and it was great and working well, but eventually we asked ourselves what the next evolution would be,” Kirman said.

Betting on a brokerage

The next evolution would turn out to be Christie’s International Real Estate | Southern California, the firm Kirman launched in the fall of 2022. 

“We loved Compass and where we were, but we wanted to be in charge of our own destiny and build a luxury brand and there were certain things that we felt we could do differently if we were on our own,” he said. Now, Christie’s International Real Estate is under the Compass International Holdings umbrella.

Kirman said the process of opening and running his own brokerage has been quite the learning curve. 

“It is one thing to be an agent selling houses, it is another to manage brokers and build something,” he said. “It is a tough business and margins are tight. We have a lot of top agents who take big percentages of their commissions, so we have had to learn how to run a business. Every day we’re tweaking our systems, processes and procedures to figure out what we could do bigger or better.” 

Embracing change

A big part of this, Kirman said, is trying to always be first to embrace change.

“We were early adopters of AI. I built an AI program six years ago before AI was a buzzword, so we were ahead of the curve on that,” he said. “We were also the first to launch a cryptocurrency division and that has been an amazing force for us because people all over the world want to use us to buy and sell homes. It is all about evaluating what is at the forefront of real estate and how we can work to obtain that.” 

The key to this, Kirman said, is not looking at the current year, but asking “what’s coming next year or the year after that.” 

“By doing that, we were able to grow with a lot of the top agents in the nation,” Kirman said.

An example of this philosophy in action is the firm’s recent launch of a new development division.

“We realized that all of a sudden there were some really interesting luxury high-rise development projects in Los Angeles. We were getting calls from all over the world to represent projects, so we built our new homes division to fill that purpose,” he said. 

Since opening the division just a few months ago, Kirman said the brokerage is already representing billions of dollars in developments for projects both in Beverly Hills, but also as far away as Dubai. 

Cancelling the noise

While he and his team are constantly trying to keep an eye on the future, Kirman said they also work to block out the noise.

“There is so much noise in general right now. You have the noise of the brokerage business, the noise of geopolitical situations and economic situations, so as a leader I do my best to help the team block out the noise, stay in our lane and focus on what we do,” Kirman said. “I do like to be highly educated on news and the moving parts of our economy because that helps me to better serve our clients, but I also recognize that our job is to sell houses and be at the forefront of that.”

As for the noise in the real estate industry, Kirman said he is closely watching the consolidation trends and how AI is impacting consumer behavior. 

“I recently had a $60 million deal in escrow and the buyer called me and said ‘ChatGPT said it is only worth $52 million, why am I overpaying?’ That almost [caused] me lose the deal,” Kirman said. “I had to explain to him the nuance of the situation and the local market. He eventually understood it, but that’s why a nuanced approach is so important.” 

Staying at the top

When looking to the future, Kirman anticipates that in the next decade it will be just 5% of all real estate professionals doing 90% of the business. To ensure he and his agents remain in that top 5%, Kirman said they are focused on AI and how they can use it to automate more tasks to help agents be more productive, but also to help them to better understand the marketplace and current trends. 

In addition, he said they are focusing on opening other specialty divisions like their existing cryptocurrency and new development divisions. 

“We think this is really important because as technology advances and consumers [can] more easily gain information about the market or a property, it’s important to create experts that are specialized in their approach to property types,” Kirman said. “Clients today oftentimes have as much information as agents do, so I believe where the agent can add a lot of value is in information that is not necessarily public. I think that’s an important part of agent trajectory moving forward. We’re betting on a more nuanced business where information is key and our agents and our brokerage is going to dominate that information based on specialized brokerage intelligence.”  

This post was originally published on here. 

A growing wave of retirements among Baby Boomer business owners is creating one of the most significant transitions New Jersey’s privately held business sector has faced in decades, with business advisors warning that many owners remain unprepared for leadership succession. The issue has gained renewed attention as industry leaders discuss the increasing urgency of succession planning and new data shows the state’s business community is entering what many have dubbed the “Silver Tsunami”—a period in which an unprecedented number of owners are expected to exit their businesses over the next several years.

The challenge carries significant economic implications for New Jersey, where more than 953,000 small businesses account for 99.6% of all businesses statewide. Those companies collectively employ hundreds of thousands of residents, support local tax bases, anchor downtown business districts, and serve as suppliers to larger corporations throughout the region. As more founders approach retirement, the question is no longer whether ownership will change, but whether those businesses will successfully transition to a new generation or disappear altogether.

Industry experts say succession planning is about far more than deciding who receives the keys to the business. A successful transition often requires years of preparation involving ownership structure, management development, estate planning, financing, tax strategy, employee retention, customer relationships, supplier continuity, and corporate governance. Companies that postpone those discussions until retirement or an unexpected health event frequently face greater disruption and reduced business value.

The numbers illustrate the magnitude of the challenge. Nationally, 40% to 50% of small-business owners expect to retire within the next decade, creating one of the largest ownership transfers in modern history. Yet many businesses have no formal succession strategy in place, increasing the likelihood that otherwise successful companies may ultimately close rather than change hands. Experts estimate that approximately 70% of businesses fail to find a buyer, placing millions of jobs and trillions of dollars in privately held business value at risk.

For family-owned businesses, the transition can be especially difficult. Although many founders hope to pass their companies to children or other relatives, studies show that only about 30% of family businesses successfully reach the second generation, despite most owners expressing a desire to keep the business within the family. Changing career interests, differing family priorities, financing challenges, and governance issues often complicate what owners envisioned as a straightforward handoff.

As a result, an increasing number of business owners are evaluating alternatives that were less common a generation ago. Those include management buyouts, employee ownership structures, strategic acquisitions, mergers, private equity investments, and sales to outside entrepreneurs seeking established companies with proven customer bases and experienced workforces. Advisors say each option requires careful planning years before an owner intends to retire.

The trend is also creating new opportunities throughout New Jersey’s mergers and acquisitions market. Buyers are increasingly seeking established businesses with stable cash flow, loyal customers, experienced employees, and strong community reputations. At the same time, lenders, accountants, attorneys, wealth managers, and valuation specialists are seeing growing demand from owners seeking to determine what their businesses are worth and how to transfer ownership while preserving both value and legacy.

Beyond the financial considerations, succession planning has become an economic development issue. Family-owned businesses often serve as the backbone of local communities, supporting charitable organizations, sponsoring youth programs, employing multiple generations of families, and maintaining long-standing relationships with local suppliers. When those businesses close because no succession plan exists, communities lose not only jobs but also institutional knowledge, local investment, and decades of entrepreneurial experience.

Small businesses employ approximately 62.3 million Americans, representing nearly 46% of the private-sector workforce, underscoring why business succession has become a growing concern among economists and policymakers. Analysts warn that widespread business closures resulting from failed ownership transitions could weaken local economies, reduce employment opportunities, and erode generational wealth built over decades.

For New Jersey, where entrepreneurship has long been a driver of economic growth, the coming decade will likely determine whether thousands of successful businesses continue operating under new leadership or become casualties of inadequate planning. Advisors consistently recommend that owners begin succession discussions well before retirement, involve legal and financial professionals early, communicate openly with family members and key employees, and prepare future leaders gradually rather than waiting until a transition becomes unavoidable.

While the “Silver Tsunami” presents undeniable challenges, many business leaders also see opportunity. A new generation of entrepreneurs, investors, and professional managers is expected to acquire established companies, modernize operations, expand into new markets, and preserve businesses that have served New Jersey communities for decades. Those successful transitions could help sustain employment, protect local economies, and ensure that many of the state’s family-owned enterprises continue contributing to economic growth for generations to come.

JBizNews Desk | New Jersey
© JBizNews.com All Rights Reserved. Reproduction or distribution without written permission is prohibited.

While he jokes that his aunt, a broker, talked him into a career in commercial real estate, Alex Vasileff, vice President, acquisitions, Bedrock Detroit, and a recipient of the 2025 Developing Leaders Award, said that the complete answer is that he was drawn to the ability to transform communities, combined with the use of skills related to problem-solving, math, research and relationship building.

In his role as vice president of acquisitions with Bedrock Detroit, Vasileff sources on- and off‐market commercial real estate of all sizes and product types in downtown Detroit and Cleveland, leads acquisitions that drive over $7.5 billion investment and development across 140+ properties, spanning 21 million square feet of office, retail, residential and hospitality space; runs deal negotiations and due diligence from initial underwriting through closing; manages a team of three; and handles all transaction-related endeavors.

“One of Bedrock’s pillars is creating space for the community,” Vasileff said, noting that the company believes that “great cities are only as strong as the communities within them.” To that end, the company engages with organizations, businesses, civic leaders and nonprofits to orchestrate spaces that serve the community and carry out Bedrock’s vision, partnering with groups like Gleaners Community Food Bank, Michigan Veterans Foundation and Arts for Scraps.

Vasileff is the inaugural chapter president of CREDA Detroit and has played an instrumental role in launching the chapter. He is also a member of the Capital Markets 6 CREDA Forum.

CREDA asked this visionary leader more about his work and involvement with CREDA.

CREDA: Can you talk about a project or initiative you’re particularly proud of and what you learned from it?

Vasileff: I’ll always be proud of helping to facilitate GM’s move from the Renaissance Center to Hudson’s Detroit. This project required intense collaboration across teams and a fast-paced timeline, all in service of a transformational moment for our city. While my role was one part of a much larger effort, the long-term impact of this move – driven by two iconic companies deeply committed to Detroit – will reshape our urban core for generations.

CREDA: How has being a member of CREDA helped your career?

Vasileff: The relationships and diverse experiences I’m privileged with as a member of CREDA have not only made me a better professional but also a better person. Some of the smartest people I’ve met have been through this organization and I always walk away from a conference or event more inquisitive and educated than when I arrived. My membership in CREDA has also directly aided in helping solve new problems as I’ve been able to get advice from my network from someone who has dealt with the subject.

CREDA: What is your ultimate career goal?

Vasileff: My career goal is to continue to transform cities and people through real estate and provide solutions to housing shortages and improve the community.

CREDA: Name a person who has had a notable impact on your career. What did they do that made a difference?

Vasileff: Cathy Clark, Bedrock’s CIO and my manager, has had a profound impact on my career. She has shown me that sincerity and respect are not only compatible with high-stakes transactions, but they’re essential. From her, I’ve learned the value of grit, curiosity and a relentless focus on solving problems. Her leadership style has shaped how I approach challenges and build trust in complex deals.

CREDA: What is something you’re passionate about?

Vasileff: I’m passionate about all things Detroit: its people, its energy and its potential. Whether it’s through real estate, community engagement or simply cheering on our teams, I’m proud to be part of the city’s continued resurgence and evolution.

Read more about the 2025 Developing Leaders Award winners in Development magazine. Recipients of the 2026 Developing Leaders Award will be announced this summer.

This post was originally published here. 

U.S. factory production accelerated in June, providing another encouraging sign that the manufacturing sector is regaining strength after a slow start to the year.

The Federal Reserve reported on Thursday, July 16, that manufacturing output increased 0.8% in June, marking the strongest monthly gain in four months and exceeding economists’ expectations. The improvement helped lift overall industrial production as factories increased output across several major industries.

The stronger report follows a series of economic indicators released this week suggesting businesses remain confident despite higher interest rates and global economic uncertainty.

Automakers Lead the Recovery

One of the largest contributors to June’s increase came from the automotive industry.

Vehicle manufacturers boosted production after earlier supply disruptions eased, while producers of machinery, fabricated metals and aerospace equipment also reported stronger output.

Factory utilization improved as manufacturers increased production schedules to meet customer demand and replenish inventories.

Businesses also benefited from improving supply chains, allowing many facilities to operate more efficiently than earlier in the year.

Industrial Production Continues Expanding

Overall industrial production, which includes manufacturing, mining and utilities, also advanced during the month.

Utility output remained elevated as much of the country experienced unusually warm temperatures that increased electricity demand for air conditioning.

Mining activity also remained stable, supported by continued domestic energy production.

The combination of stronger factory output and resilient energy production points to broad-based industrial growth entering the second half of 2026.

Businesses Continue Investing

The report suggests many companies remain willing to invest in equipment and production despite elevated borrowing costs.

Manufacturers continue modernizing facilities, expanding automation and increasing productivity to meet customer demand while addressing ongoing labor shortages.

Executives across multiple industries have reported that business investment remains supported by healthy order backlogs and improving customer confidence.

Those investments are expected to help strengthen productivity and long-term competitiveness.

Positive Sign for the Economy

Manufacturing represents a critical component of the American economy, supporting millions of jobs and thousands of suppliers nationwide.

Stronger factory production often translates into higher freight volumes, increased demand for raw materials and additional hiring throughout the industrial sector.

Combined with recent reports showing resilient consumer spending and a stable labor market, the latest manufacturing data reinforces the view that the U.S. economy continues expanding at a steady pace.

Looking Ahead

Manufacturers remain cautiously optimistic about the months ahead.

Although businesses continue monitoring trade policy, inflation and interest rates, improving demand and stronger production suggest industrial activity is building momentum.

If current trends continue, manufacturing could become an increasingly important driver of economic growth during the remainder of 2026.

JBizNews Desk | Washington

© JBizNews.com All Rights Reserved. Reproduction or distribution without written permission is prohibited.

Housing starts beating estimates while housing permits are near cycle lows is an odd situation, but I am here to make sense of it and explain where exactly we are in the housing construction cycle. First, we have to always remember that housing starts are a very volatile number with a lot of revisions. Whenever you’re looking at this data line, you need to look at all the data variables together.

Today, let’s talk nerdy because with the passage of the 21st Century ROAD to Housing Act, we need to bring some reality to this TV show.

Housing starts

From Census: Housing Starts: Privately-owned housing starts in June were at a seasonally adjusted annual rate of 1,427,000. This is 19.0 percent (±15.9 percent) above the revised May estimate of 1,199,000 and is 3.5 percent (±14.3 percent)* above the June 2025 rate of 1,379,000. Single-family housing starts in June were at a rate of 895,000; this is 0.2 percent (±10.2 percent)* below the revised May figure of 897,000. The June rate for units in buildings with five units or more was 513,000.

Housing starts last month had a big miss of estimates as multifamily starts collapsed; this month housing starts did beat estimates, as multifamily starts had an epic rise. This data line is very volatile and can swing the month-to-month data in a big fashion both in a positive and negative direction. As you can see in the chart below, this index isn’t very stable.

chart visualization

Single-family starts had a small decline, and since single-family construction is typically much higher than multifamily, you can see in the charts below why total housing permits are near cycle lows, as single-family permits have been falling for some time. 

chart visualization

Housing Permits

Housing Permits: Privately-owned housing units authorized by building permits in June were at a seasonally adjusted annual rate of 1,367,000. This is 3.0 percent below the revised May rate of 1,410,000 and is 2.3 percent below the June 2025 rate of 1,399,000. Single-family authorizations in June were at a rate of 871,000; this is 2.4 percent below the revised May figure of 892,000. Authorizations of units in buildings with five units or more were at a rate of 445,000 in June.

Housing permits are still close to cycle lows, as it has been hard to get traction with new home sales. If I take away the COVID highs in sales, we really haven’t had growth in new home sales in 9.5 years, just moving back and forth. Now that completed unit sales are elevated for the builders, they tend to get more bullish on issuing permits at this stage of the cycle. This can explain why housing permits are near cycle lows.

chart visualization

The most recent builders’ confidence data speaks volumes about what they think of the future; mind that this survey is for smaller builders, not the big publicly traded builders who have much bigger balance sheets to operate with.

Conclusion

Housing starts beat estimates, while housing permits are near cycle lows — the data above provides some clarity to that headline now.

Yesterday I wrote about how I am a bit skeptical of the ROAD Act making a big difference in housing construction while demand isn’t growing. If you believe in supply and demand economics, would you be building a lot more homes if you’re not sure if the demand will be there to buy them? Mind that the builders have been providing sub-6% mortgage for homebuyers and that is a reason why new home sales are still at 2019 levels, but existing home sales are not.

This post was originally published on here. 

Residential construction activity picked up in June, but the gains were concentrated in multifamily, and future supply indicators softened, according to newly released U.S. Census Bureau data. 

Privately owned housing starts rose to a seasonally adjusted annual rate of roughly 1.3 million units in June, up 19% from a revised May pace of roughly 1.12 million and 3.5% above the June 2025 rate of 1.38 million. 

“On the surface, the report suggests residential construction remains resilient despite elevated mortgage rates and ongoing affordability challenges,” Odeta Kushi, Deputy Chief Economist at First American Financial Corporation, said in a statement. 

“The headline, however, overstates the strength in homebuilding,” Kushi added, arguing that the positive data reflected a temporary surge in multifamily construction.  

Single-family starts held roughly steady, falling slightly to an 895,000-unit annual pace from 897,000 in May. On the other hand, construction of units in multifamily buildings with five or more units soared 76.3% to a 513,000 annual rate.

Building permits, an indicator for future construction, moved in the opposite direction. Total permits fell to a 1.367 million annual rate in June, down 3% from May’s revised 1.410 million and 2.3% below the 1.399 million pace recorded in June 2025.

Meanwhile, single-family authorizations declined to an annual rate of 871,000, 2.4% below May’s revised 892,000, and permits for units in buildings with five or more units came in at a 445,000 annual rate.

Additionally, privately owned housing completions reached a seasonally adjusted annual rate of 1.39 million units in June, 3.3% above May’s revised 1.35 million figure and 1.5% higher than the June 2025 rate of 1.37 million. 

Single-family completions increased to a 964,000-unit annual pace, up 6.6% from May’s revised 904,000, and completions for units in buildings with five or more units were at a 413,000 annual rate.

Still, the newly released Census data comes as homebuilder confidence remains negative overall. While federal lawmakers hope that the newly passed 21st Century ROAD to Housing Act will increase housing supply, many homebuilders are working through excess inventory and need to employ generous incentives and price discounts to sell inventory, which has hurt margins. 

Until demand improves enough that builders no longer need to use elevated, margin-compressing incentives and discounts to move inventory, the building boom federal lawmakers are hoping for may not materialize. 

“The broader takeaway is that June’s rebound in housing starts does little to change the outlook for single-family construction. Builders are still completing homes already underway, but elevated new-home inventory, softer demand and persistent affordability challenges suggest they will remain cautious about adding new projects over the second half of the year,” Kushi said.

This post was originally published on here. 

New renderings released this week provide a first look at the tallest building in Greenwich Village. The condominium planned for 11 West 13th Street will rise roughly 530 feet, about 200 feet above the neighborhood’s current tallest building. Designed by Kohn Pedersen Fox (KPF), the tower, officially branded as the Greenwich Spire, will contain just 34 residences across 30 floors, offering exclusive living in one of Manhattan’s most sought-after neighborhoods.

Developed by Legion Investment Group and EJS Group, the Greenwich Spire will feature a slender frame and facade of brick, stone, and metalwork, as a counterpoint to the city’s typical glass skyscrapers. As described by KPF, fluted, cast-stone pillars will lead to a covered porte-cochère with a system of vertical piers drawing the eye up, and intersecting with the building’s loggias.

The design employs cutouts to add dimension to the facade, as well as corner exposures for the residences.

At 538 feet tall, the Greenwich Spire, also recognized as 5 West 13th Street, will be taller than the neighborhood’s biggest buildings, Georgetown Plaza at 369 feet tall, and Hilary Gardens, at 360 feet tall, according to CityRealty.

“Greenwich Village has always possessed a rare quality — an intimacy that somehow coexists with the grandeur of the city around it,” Trent Tesch, design principal at KPF, said.

“With The Greenwich Spire, we sought to honor that duality — from the handcrafted texture of the blade cut brick facade, which roots the tower in the warmth and craft of the neighborhood, to its slender, setback crown, which claims its place among the most timeless buildings in the Manhattan skyline.”

Tesch told the Robb Report that the architects were inspired by the design of nearby One Fifth Avenue, blending the historic charm of the neighborhood with contemporary finishes.

Leroy Street Studio will handle the building’s interiors, utilizing materials that accentuate the high ceilings and abundance of natural light of each apartment.

The project secured construction financing in February, with work expected to wrap up in the middle of 2028. Sales, led by Corcoran Sunshine Marketing Group, will launch later this year, with condos priced from $4.5 million.

“We are deliberate about where we develop and who we choose to partner with on our developments,” Victor Sigoura, founder and CEO of Legion Investment Group, said.

“11 West 13th Street presented a rare opportunity — a chance to add something meaningful to one of New York’s most cherished neighborhoods. We build high-quality developments for the long term, and this building reflects that commitment.”

The project has received pushback from some preservationist groups and elected officials. Village Preservation, City Council Member Harvey Epstein, and Assembly Member Deborah Glick rallied this spring against the development for its height and lack of affordable housing. They argue that the City of Yes zoning amendment, approved by the City Council in 2024 to allow for more housing in every neighborhood, encourages larger developments without making enough, or any, of the apartments affordable.

“As we all know, the city is experiencing an affordable housing crisis — a problem that profoundly affects my district given the high volume of luxury developers that choose to build fewer, more expensive units for the ultra-wealthy, with no requirement that they build affordable units,” Glick said in an April press release.

“‘City of Yes’ was implemented to alleviate this lack of affordable housing, yet the proposed luxury tower at 5 West 13th Street clearly shows where the zoning amendment has fallen short.”

RELATED:

The post Renderings reveal Greenwich Village’s tallest building, a 30-story condo with 34 homes first appeared on 6sqft.

This post was originally published here. 

KUALA LUMPUR — An internal leadership memorandum issued by MMC Port Holdings Sdn. Bhd. on July 12 confirmed that Sultan Ahmed bin Sulayem, the company’s Executive Chairman, has assumed direct operational oversight of Malaysia’s largest port operating group following the immediate departure of Group Chief Executive Azman Shah Mohd. Yusof. Under the interim structure, all responsibilities previously handled by the Group CEO will report directly to Bin Sulayem while the company continues day-to-day operations and evaluates its long-term leadership plans.

The transition places one of the world’s most experienced port executives in direct control of a company operating seven major ports positioned along or near the Strait of Malacca, one of the most strategically important maritime corridors in global commerce.

MMC Ports is Malaysia’s largest port operator, handling more than 20 million twenty-foot equivalent units (TEUs) annually across its network. Its portfolio includes the internationally significant Port of Tanjung Pelepas, one of the world’s busiest container transshipment hubs, along with several other key commercial terminals that connect manufacturing centers throughout Asia with Europe, the Middle East, Africa, and North America.

The importance of the appointment extends well beyond corporate governance. The Strait of Malacca serves as one of the world’s principal shipping lanes, carrying a substantial share of global container traffic and energy shipments between the Indian and Pacific Oceans. Thousands of commercial vessels transit the waterway each year, making efficient port operations essential to global manufacturing, retail supply chains, commodity markets, and international trade.

Because of that strategic position, operational decisions made by Malaysia’s largest port operator can influence vessel scheduling, cargo movement, shipping efficiency, infrastructure investment, and logistics planning throughout the Indo-Pacific region. Businesses ranging from manufacturers and exporters to retailers, freight forwarders, and shipping companies closely monitor developments involving major port operators serving the Strait.

According to the internal memorandum, the interim reporting structure is intended to maintain continuity of governance, operational decision-making, and strategic execution while the company continues serving customers without disruption. No explanation was provided for the departure of the Group Chief Executive, and no permanent successor has been announced.

Bin Sulayem brings decades of experience managing some of the world’s largest port and logistics operations. Throughout his career, he has overseen the expansion of international maritime infrastructure, logistics networks, and global trade platforms, earning recognition as one of the shipping industry’s most influential executives.

The leadership transition also comes as international shipping continues evolving in response to changing trade patterns, larger container vessels, expanding manufacturing throughout Southeast Asia, and continued investment in modern port infrastructure. Malaysia remains one of the region’s most important logistics gateways, and MMC Ports plays a central role in supporting both regional and global commerce.

Malaysia’s government has emphasized that management appointments remain corporate decisions while ownership of strategic port assets continues to be governed by national policy. Transport Minister Anthony Loke stated that the government does not interfere in management appointments, while maintaining existing ownership requirements applicable to strategic infrastructure operators.

Industry observers will also be watching whether the leadership transition influences MMC Ports’ longer-term strategic initiatives, including a potential revival of its previously postponed initial public offering, which had been expected to become one of Malaysia’s largest public listings in more than a decade.

For the global business community, the announcement represents more than a leadership change. Direct oversight of Malaysia’s largest port operator places Bin Sulayem in a position to help shape the movement of goods through one of the world’s most critical maritime trade corridors, making the transition significant for international shipping, supply-chain resilience, infrastructure investment, and global commerce.

JBizNews Desk | Kuala Lumpur

© JBizNews.com All Rights Reserved. Reproduction or distribution without written permission is prohibited.

Before the U.S.-Iran war began on February 28, Iraq exported nearly 3.5 million barrels per day through Hormuz. Then the strait closed. Storage at key fields filled, and Iraq cut production to roughly a third of its normal output of more than 4 million barrels a day. Exports from its main southern fields dropped 70% during the conflict.

Iraq is OPEC’s second-largest producer, with proven reserves of 145 billion barrels. It is also, in practical terms, landlocked when Hormuz closes. Saudi Arabia has the East-West pipeline to the Red Sea, moving 5 to 7 million barrels a day. The UAE has Habshan-Fujairah to the Gulf of Oman. Iraq has almost nothing.

That is not an inconvenience. Oil is Iraq’s government. Without an export route, there is no revenue, no budget, no state.

The routes on the table

Three options are live, none of them easy.

The Kirkuk-Baniyas line to Syria’s Mediterranean coast runs roughly 800 kilometers and has been mostly out of service since it was damaged during the 2003 invasion. The Syrian port of Baniyas, home to the country’s largest refinery, has emerged as the front-runner to receive Iraqi crude. Chevron, TotalEnergies, Los Angeles-based TI Capital, and Qatar’s UCC Holding have all been part of those discussions. A State Department official said Tuesday that Washington supports the effort and expects American companies to help build it.

The Basra-Aqaba line to Jordan would carry up to 2.25 million barrels a day at an estimated cost of $18 billion. Iraq and Jordan signed an agreement to build it in 2013, due for completion in 2017, delayed in 2014. Jordanian Foreign Minister Ayman Safadi and Al Zaidi discussed moving it forward on Wednesday.

The Iraq-Turkey line already exists — roughly 600 miles, with total capacity near 1.6 million barrels a day. It had been closed and is reopening because of the Hormuz disruption, reportedly at an initial 250,000 barrels a day.

The risk nobody is pricing

The probable pipeline routes run through Iraq’s western Anbar province and eastern Syria, where ISIS cells remain active. Any company writing a check is also betting that Syria’s fledgling government can hold the ground for the decades a pipeline takes to pay back. Rebuilding Kirkuk-Baniyas alone could cost billions.

TotalEnergies chief executive Patrick Pouyanne put the strategic logic plainly: if you want to move Iraqi oil without depending on Hormuz, Syria becomes an important transit route.

The fields

West Qurna-2 holds roughly 14 billion barrels of recoverable reserves and was producing about 460,000 barrels a day — nearly 10% of Iraq’s output and half a percent of global supply — before the cuts. Russia’s Lukoil developed it under a service contract dating to 2009 and declared force majeure after U.S. and U.K. sanctions in October 2025. Basra Oil Company took temporary transfer of the contract, and in February signed a framework deal giving Chevron exclusive negotiating rights for one year. North Oil Company holds 25% of the project. Chevron could nearly double output to between 750,000 and 800,000 barrels a day if it takes over as operator.

Nasiriyah came in the same February round, alongside four exploration blocks in Dhi Qar province and the Balad field in Salaheddin. On July 1, Basra Oil signed a non-disclosure agreement with Chevron to govern data exchange for evaluating West Qurna-2, overseen by Oil Minister Bassim Khudair.

The politics

Al Zaidi, who took office in May, has said American companies will get first refusal on Iraqi energy and investment deals, and has directed the oil, electricity, and communications ministries accordingly. He has outlined a joint energy and development fund with Washington financed by the equivalent of 500,000 barrels a day.

He met President Trump at the White House on July 14. “We’re going to create a lot of jobs for both countries,” Trump said. Al Zaidi also met Tom Barrack, the special presidential envoy for Iraq.

What it means

Brent traded below $85 Thursday; West Texas Intermediate held just under $80. Every barrel that finds a route around Hormuz takes a small piece out of the war premium sitting in those prices — and in American gasoline, diesel, and airline fuel costs.

The catch is time. Pipelines take years. The war is now.

JBizNews Desk | Houston

© JBizNews.com All Rights Reserved. Reproduction or distribution without written permission is prohibited.

Pretty much everyone who cares about public health agrees that it’s a good idea to help people quit smoking, the No. 1 cause of preventable death in the U.S. Doctors may soon get some extra encouragement to lend a hand, thanks to proposed changes in Medicare’s physician fee schedules.

Physicians who offer counseling on quitting cigarettes or other tobacco products during visits with patients would get a 19% increase in reimbursement, according to a few paragraphs buried in the 1,592-page document released this week. The same adjustment would also apply to assessments of, and interventions for, alcohol and substance misuse during doctors’ visits.

“Given the evidence supported role these services play in preventing and managing chronic disease […] we believe that valuation should more accurately reflect the clinical intensity and work associated with these time-based services,” the proposal from the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services explains. Comments on the proposal are due Sept. 14. 

“The prioritization of cessation as a service is long overdue, and we’re very excited about it,” said Anne DiGiulio, the American Lung Association’s senior director of nationwide tobacco cessation and health policy.

Read the rest…

This post was originally published here. 

Tax Authority Director Shay Aharonovich sent a scathing letter to Bnei Brak Mayor Hanoch Zeibert on Thursday, ordering the suspension of war damage claims in the city after Tax Authority employees were attacked earlier that day.

According to the letter, Tax Authority employees were violently assaulted by a mob numbering in the hundreds on the afternoon of July 16 while carrying out enforcement activities in the city.

“Tax Authority employees who had arrived in the city to carry out enforcement activities were violently attacked,” Aharonovich said in the letter.

Videos shared online showed a crowd surrounding the officials as stones and other objects were hurled at their vehicle and at police officers at the scene.

The employees were rescued by police.

‘Tax Authority employees are not welcome in your city’

“In light of the above, I can only conclude that Tax Authority employees are not welcome in your city,” Aharonovich said.

Aharonovich said he had instructed the Compensation Fund to immediately suspend the handling of claims for damage caused during operations “Rising Lion” and “Lion’s Roar” until the municipality publicly and unequivocally condemns the attacks through haredi media outlets, including newspapers, radio stations, news hotlines, and other channels.

The letter also referred to an earlier violent attack by Bnei Brak residents against Tax Authority employees on Wednesday, July 8.

The Bnei Brak Municipality has yet to condemn the violence in either case.

Finance Minister Bezalel Smotrich, who oversees the Tax Authority, strongly condemned the July 8 attack in a post on X, expressing his full support for Tax Authority employees and calling for the rioters to face the full force of the law.

“I strongly condemn the violence perpetrated today against Tax Authority personnel by lawbreaking thugs in Bnei Brak,” he said. “Such violence against law enforcement officers, who carry out their duties faithfully and professionally, cannot be tolerated.”

This post was originally published on here. 

As summer unfolds, U.S. single-family home inventory has reached its peak level since the pre-pandemic era, according to HousingWire Data. Inventory continued to build in many markets, giving buyers more choices than they had over the past few years — though a small cluster of Northeast and Midwest markets remains persistently competitive.

During June, the national active inventory averaged 823,902 units and exceeded 840,000 by the end of the month. That’s a significant jump from roughly 628,000 in June 2024 and more than double the pandemic low of 345,000 seen in June 2021.

New listings for the month came to 310,221, narrowly beating the 299,502 newly pending contracts — a discrepancy that points to supply piling up more quickly than purchasers are making offers.

Recalibrating price hopes?

The national median list price remained unchanged at roughly $450,000 in June, but the median asking price for newly added listings fell from $440 ,000 at the start of the month to $430,000 by its close.

That could be an indication that sellers are recalibrating price hopes as the fight for buyers grows more intense, eXp Realty Chief Brokerage Officer Holly Mabery told HousingWire.

“A lot of sellers think we’re still in 2022 times, and that maybe they can test the market a little bit higher,” she said. “Right now, buyers are getting to pay a bit more on their interest rate and they’re very focused on the overall cost of housing.

“What are repairs going to be? What is it going to look like to live here, utilities, things of that nature. Insurance is going up across the nation.”

As of the week ending June 26, nearly 39% of all active listings nationwide had undergone a price cut, up from 38% at the month’s beginning and exceeding the typical 30-to-35% benchmark.

Around 9% of properties had been relisted after previously being taken off the market, offering further evidence of transactions collapsing in a weakening demand climate.

“When we’re having conversations with sellers, the first kind of foray is really focused on, ‘How do we take care of you? What is your end goal and what is your time frame?’” said Mabery. “Sometimes, that value that you desire to get and your time frame don’t mesh, and you end up chasing the market.

“It’s a level set with a seller right out of the gate, with what their local market can sustain — compared to whatever national headline they think they’ve tapped into.”

Swelling Sun Belt, Mountain West inventory

In Texas and Florida — states that experienced housing booms during the pandemic — inventories have ballooned, and homes are taking longer to sell.

Houston topped all major metropolitan areas in supply strain, recording 35,151 active listings as of June 26, with months of supply standing at 4.0 and average days on market extending to 123. Thirty-seven percent of Houston’s listings had received a price reduction. The metro was the only major one tracked to fall into buyer’s-market territory.

“When you’ve got markets across the Sun Belt, you’ve got that natural attrition that just kind of occurs, so that’s not uncommon,” said Mabery. “We’ve also seen more inventory, and people are having to move back to the cities or those epicenters post-COVID. Everybody was able to move for a lifestyle move, and now that’s kind of reversing.”

Austin and San Antonio followed a comparable pattern. Austin registered 12,147 active listings, while San Antonio posted 16,015. Almost half of Austin’s properties — 49.6% — had seen their asking prices lowered, the highest share among all major metros in the dataset.

Denver’s inventory has surged back with 7,955 active listings and a $680,000 median price, but 50% of homes are cutting prices — signaling a market cooling from its pandemic-era frenzy.

“Buyers are evaluating a lot more than price today — looking at things like condition, presentation, monthly affordability and how that home compares to everything else that’s available,” said Emily Duke, managing broker at Denver-based, ERA Real Estate-affiliated LUX Real Estate Company. “Our goal is to create the strongest perceived value from day one.

“That means investing more up front in preparation, pricing strategy, presentation, marketing, so we’re putting the property in the strongest competitive position possible right out of the gates.”

Miami, even with its elevated price tier, exhibited stress.

The metro ended June with 13,198 active listings and a median list price of $799,000. Properties spent a median of 84 days on the market — longer than in any other major metro tracked — and 35.9% of listings had been marked down.

Nashville completed the Sun Belt pressure cluster, with 8,160 active listings and 3.4 months of inventory as of June 26.

“The market still rewards excellence,” said Duke. “So, well-prepared, well-positioned homes are still selling very close to asking price. Sometimes they’re receiving multiple offers, and it seems like the homes that struggle are often the ones that enter the market without that compelling value proposition. So, because buyers have choice today, they’re rewarding the homes that are giving them that confidence they’re looking for.”

Northeast, Appalachia resists national trends

While much of the country deals with an oversupply, Northeast markets remain squarely in seller-dominated territory.

Providence, R.I., stood out with only 1,665 active listings and 1.4 months of inventory. Its median list price rose to $665,000 by the last week of June. Just 25% of listings had taken a price cut — far below the national figure.

West Virginia remains tight with just 2.0 months of inventory, yet its $275,000 median price stands as a rare affordability bright spot.

“We’re still seeing stuff turn over pretty quickly,” said Josh McGrath, broker-owner of West Virginia-based Better Homes and Garden Real Estate Central. “Now we do have a little more inventory than we’ve had, so realistically, we’re just needing to have the conversation with sellers of exactly that. It’s not 2021 anymore.”

Milwaukee recorded only 1,257 active listings, with homes moving in a median of 28 days — a stark contrast to the 70 days seen in Tampa and Orlando.

Montgomery County, Pa., registered 1.5 months of inventory and a median list price of $742,550.

Nassau County, N.Y., while less pronounced, remained a seller’s market with 2.2 months of inventory and a median list price closing in on $1 million.

Buyers’ new mindset

“We are seeing buyers shift from buying a house to buying a home, and there’s a different mindset that comes with that,” McGrath said about the broader regional market. “They’re being more methodical about what they’re buying. They’re placing more emphasis on ‘I’ than they were. They’re being more patient with finding the right one. It has to be conditioned right and priced right, or it’s going to be overlooked.”

San Francisco defied the broader California trend, posting just 1.8 months of inventory—the tightest supply among all major West Coast metros tracked.

“[Agents] are having better conversations, and they’re also seeing buyers come back,” said Mabery. “They cancel the contract. They go look at something else, and then they come back to that seller, maybe a little bit differently with a little bit lower price. The strategy has shifted.

“For agents, it’s really about being aware of the hot buttons in your marketplace because it it’s all still very, very local.”

HousingWire Data findings paint a picture of a housing market increasingly split by geography. Where land is scarce, zoning rules are strict and inventory has stayed historically constrained — particularly throughout the Northeast — sellers continue to hold the upper hand.

Where construction surged and affordability dampened demand, buyers are steadily gaining leverage as the market moves into the latter half of 2026.

This post was originally published on here. 

RiskSpan has launched a new credit risk model designed for the expanding nonqualified mortgage (non-QM) market, adding to its existing prepayment modeling tools as investors seek more specialized analytics for the asset class.

The company announced Friday the general availability of Credit Model 7.1, a model built specifically for non-QM loans and delivered through the RiskSpan Platform. The release allows users to analyze loan data and generate cash-flow projections within a single platform, according to the company.

The launch comes as the non-QM securitization market has expanded rapidly in recent years. Morningstar DBRS reported that non-QM residential mortgage-backed securities (RMBS) issuance nearly doubled year over year in the third quarter of 2025 — rising 97% to a record $20.9 billion, compared to $10.6 billion in Q3 2024.

Fitch Ratings has said issuance across its rated non-QM and non-prime RMBS portfolio increased more than 800% between 2020 and 2023, while KBRA projects broader nonagency RMBS issuance, which includes non-QM loans, will grow another 15% in 2026 to $160 billion.

RiskSpan said Credit Model 7.1 is designed to better reflect the characteristics of non-QM loans by modeling borrower behavior across different documentation types, including bank statement, debt-service-coverage ratio (DSCR), full documentation and other loan categories.

According to the company, the model incorporates 10 loan- and borrower-level variables — including credit scores, mark-to-market loan-to-value ratios, debt-to-income ratios and loan purposes — along with three macroeconomic factors. It was trained using approximately $87 billion in unpaid principal balance across roughly 226,000 non-QM loans originated between January 2018 and August 2025.

The release also includes artificial intelligence-powered loan tape analysis tools and application programming interface (API) access for customers integrating the model into their own systems. RiskSpan said a backtesting dashboard is planned for a future release.

RiskSpan said the model is available immediately to clients using its Platform and Loans Module, with additional integrations and deployment options planned in future updates.

This article was generated using HousingWire Automation and reviewed by a HousingWire editor before publication.

This post was originally published on here. 

Confidence among America’s homebuilders unexpectedly improved in July, signaling renewed optimism that demand for new homes is beginning to stabilize even as mortgage rates remain elevated.

The National Association of Home Builders (NAHB) reported on Thursday, July 16, that its Housing Market Index rose to 43 in July, up from 41 in June, exceeding economists’ expectations. Although a reading below 50 still indicates more builders view conditions as poor than good, the improvement suggests the housing market is showing signs of resilience during the busy summer selling season.

Builders reported increased buyer traffic and modest improvements in sales expectations as limited inventory of existing homes continues pushing many families toward newly constructed properties.

Limited Existing Inventory Benefits Builders

One of the biggest factors supporting new-home construction remains the shortage of existing homes available for sale.

Many current homeowners continue holding mortgages with historically low interest rates and remain reluctant to sell, limiting resale inventory across much of the country.

That has created opportunities for homebuilders to capture buyers who have fewer alternatives in many markets.

Builders also continue offering mortgage-rate buydowns and sales incentives to help offset higher borrowing costs.

Construction Activity Remains Steady

Despite ongoing challenges, builders reported continued construction activity across many regions.

Demand remained strongest for entry-level and move-up homes, while luxury housing varied by market.

Many builders also reported improved availability of construction materials compared with previous years, helping reduce delays and improve project planning.

Labor shortages remain a concern in some regions, but supply-chain disruptions have eased considerably.

Affordability Still a Challenge

Mortgage rates continue affecting affordability for many first-time buyers.

Higher monthly payments have forced some families to delay purchasing decisions or seek smaller homes.

Even so, steady employment, rising wages and limited resale inventory have continued supporting demand for new construction.

Builders said consumer interest remains healthy whenever financing incentives are available.

What It Means for Consumers

The improvement in builder confidence could lead to additional housing supply during the second half of the year.

More construction may help ease inventory shortages in certain markets while giving buyers more choices.

Competition among builders may also continue producing incentives such as closing-cost assistance, upgraded features and mortgage-rate reductions.

Looking Ahead

The housing market continues balancing higher financing costs against persistent demand and limited inventory.

Builders remain cautiously optimistic that steady employment, moderating inflation and continued household formation will support future sales.

While affordability remains one of the industry’s biggest challenges, July’s improvement in builder confidence suggests the new-home market continues demonstrating resilience despite a complex economic environment.

JBizNews Desk | Washington

© JBizNews.com All Rights Reserved. Reproduction or distribution without written permission is prohibited.

Asha Sharma, chief executive of Xbox, told employees in a July 6 memo that the company will eliminate roughly 3,200 positions by June 30, 2027 — about 20% of the entire gaming division — and hand five studios back to the market. It is the largest restructuring in Xbox’s 25-year history, and it lands on a business that Microsoft spent nearly $80 billion over a decade trying to build.

Here is the paradox worth sitting with. Microsoft did not lose the subscription bet because nobody signed up. It lost because 30 million people signed up and that was not remotely enough.

What Game Pass was supposed to be

The theory was simple and, on paper, sound. Console hardware is a losing business — you sell the box near cost and hope to make it back on software. So skip the box. Build a subscription service, put every major game on it the day it launches, and collect a monthly fee from a customer who never has to buy anything again. Netflix for games.

To make that work, Microsoft needed games nobody else had. It bought them. ZeniMax. Minecraft. Then Activision Blizzard for $69 billion in 2023, which brought Call of Duty, World of Warcraft, Diablo, and Candy Crush under one roof alongside Halo, The Elder Scrolls, and Fallout. Matt Booty, now executive vice president and chief content officer, oversees a portfolio of nearly 40 studios.

Sharma wrote in a June 10 message published on Microsoft’s blog that, excluding Activision Blizzard King, the company had invested more than $20 billion over the past five years in content, platforms, and hardware subsidies. Add the acquisitions and the total approaches $80 billion.

The number that never showed up

Game Pass had 34 million subscribers in early 2024. Microsoft’s internal plan called for 77 million by the end of 2026, with public talk of 100 million by 2030. The service currently has about 30 million — fewer than it had two years ago. Revenue ran near $5 billion in fiscal 2025.

The immediate cause was a price increase in October 2025. Millions cancelled. Sharma reduced the price after taking over, though it still sits above where it was a year ago. But a price hike does not explain a four-year growth plan missing by 47 million people.

The deeper problem is that games are not television. Data from Circana shows most players concentrate their time on a small handful of titles rather than grazing across a library. A Netflix subscriber watches forty things a year. A gamer plays three. If a customer only wants Call of Duty, an all-you-can-eat buffet is worse value than simply buying Call of Duty — and worse economics for the seller, who just gave away a $70 sale for a $20 month.

What that does to the P&L

The arithmetic is brutal. Xbox loses an average of 64 cents on every dollar it invests in games. The division’s profitability runs three to nine times lower than comparable platform and publishing companies. Hardware revenue has fallen more than 30%, and Microsoft has raised U.S. console prices twice this year, which does not help unit sales.

Meanwhile, the parent company found somewhere better to put its money. Microsoft’s AI business surpassed a $37 billion annualized revenue run rate in its fiscal third quarter, growing 123% year over year. When one division compounds at triple digits and another loses 64 cents on the dollar, capital allocation stops being a debate.

What is actually being cut

Of the 3,200 positions, 1,600 left immediately. Microsoft is reducing its global workforce by roughly 4,800, about 2.1% of headcount — gaming accounts for the overwhelming majority.

Compulsion Games and Double Fine Productions regained independence, taking their intellectual property and severance funding from Microsoft. Ninja Theory and Undead Labs have been sold to undisclosed buyers, though both will continue work on Senua and State of Decay 3 with Xbox financial backing. Arkane Lyon was also divested.

And the tell: Call of Duty will no longer arrive on Game Pass on day one. That single reversal unwinds the entire thesis. Microsoft bought Activision to put Call of Duty on the subscription. It is now taking Call of Duty off the subscription to sell it.

Short term and long term

Near term, this works. Cutting 20% of a division and selling five studios improves margins immediately, and Microsoft gets to move the freed capital into AI, where returns are visible. Microsoft stock rose 1.38% Thursday.

Long term is the open question. Xbox reaches more than 500 million monthly active users across platforms. Sharma, who succeeded Phil Spencer on February 23 after his 38 years at Microsoft and 12 leading gaming, has been preaching a “return of Xbox” — grounding the brand in gaming rather than AI. She said as much at the Fortune Brainstorm Tech conference in Aspen last month.

The honest reading is that Microsoft spent $80 billion and ended up with what it already had: a library of very good franchises it will now sell to people one game at a time. That is not nothing. It is just not what $80 billion was supposed to buy.

JBizNews Desk | New York

© JBizNews.com All Rights Reserved. Reproduction or distribution without written permission is prohibited.

Panasonic has recalled one of its toaster ovens across the United States and Canada after the company found the appliance posed a risk of electric shock or fire.

The recall covers 11,480 Panasonic Model No. NB-G200 Electric Toaster Ovens sold in the U.S., as well as another 2,184 sold in Canada.

Pansonic said the power cord insulation “can be insufficient due to a protective fiberglass sleeve not covering it adequately, posing a risk of shock and/or fire hazard.”

HOME COOKS SHOULD STOP USING RECALLED GAS STOVES IMMEDIATELY, US SAYS

From October 2024 to April 2026, the toaster oven was sold for about $170 at Costco, on Amazon and through several other online retailers.

Consumers who believe they own the recalled toaster oven can verify the model number by checking the nameplate label on the back of the appliance.

Notices from both the U.S. government and Canada urge customers to immediately stop using the product and return it to Panasonic for a full refund.

CUISINART STAINLESS STEEL PROPANE GRILL SOLD AT LOWE’S, WALMART RECALLED OVER SHATTERING GLASS RISK

The U.S. Consumer Product Safety Commission said it has received four consumer reports of the toaster oven tripping circuit breakers or outlets. A fifth report noted the toaster simply stopped working.

As of June 15, 2026, Panasonic said it had not received any reports of incidents or injuries in Canada related to the toaster.

Panasonic, Costco and Amazon did not immediately respond to FOX Business’ requests for comment.

This post was originally published here. 

A ticking clock on Social Security solvency has prompted a bipartisan coalition of senators to introduce legislation aimed at preventing automatic, across-the-board benefit cuts for more than 70 million Americans.

Called the Protecting Retirement Opportunities and Maintaining Income Security for Everyone (PROMISE) Act, the bill establishes a procedural process designed to require congressional votes on a long-term Social Security solvency plan before the retirement trust fund’s projected depletion in 2032 triggers an automatic 22% reduction in monthly benefits. The legislation calls for an independent bipartisan advisory committee to develop recommendations intended to restore the program’s solvency for at least 50 years.

“Here is our chance to agree on a bipartisan process to rescue Social Security this year,” Senate Democratic Whip Dick Durbin, D-Ill, said in a press release. “Our bipartisan proposal opens Congress to debate this issue in a transparent, fair, and bipartisan way. We were elected to solve problems — and there’s no greater problem than the solvency and future of Social Security.”

“Millions of Americans rely on Social Security to live. In 6 years, those families will see a 22% cut to their benefits if Congress doesn’t act. Our plan starts the process of preserving promised benefits for current retirees and the next generation of Americans,” Sen. Bill Cassidy, R-La., said alongside Republican Sens. Thom Tillis, R-N.C.; John Cornyn R-Texas; and Alan Armstrong, R-Okla.

WHY RAMSEY FINANCIAL EXPERT SAYS THERE’S ‘NO MAGIC AGE’ TO CLAIM SOCIAL SECURITY

While multiple legislative proposals to secure Social Security’s trust funds have been introduced over the years, virtually none have advanced to a floor vote.

The PROMISE Act establishes a strict procedural timeline, requiring the Social Security Advisory Board (SSAB) to submit a proposal designed to restore Social Security solvency for at least 50 years. The bill also requires the House and Senate majority leaders to introduce the proposal, and if they fail to do so, any member of Congress may introduce it.

The proposal would then be referred to the House Ways and Means Committee and the Senate Finance Committee. If the committees do not report it, the legislation would automatically be discharged to the House and Senate calendars for floor consideration.

Final passage would require a simple majority vote in the House and a three-fifths majority in the Senate.

“Social Security is on an unsustainable path that will lead to dramatic benefit cuts for retirees and growing skepticism among workers paying into a program on the brink of insolvency. With each passing year, the menu of options that preserve benefits and limit tax hikes narrows. The modest reforms Congress contemplated in 2010 would have put Social Security on solid footing for 75 years; today, those same reforms would add less than two years to our current runway,” Sen. Tillis said. “I won’t pretend there’s consensus on how we solve this, but the math is unforgiving: the longer Congress waits to act, the fewer good options remain.”

“For nearly a century, Social Security has been a lifeline that allows Americans to retire with dignity. Congress should not wait around until the last minute to shore up this critical program and prevent broad-based benefit cuts upon Trust Fund depletion,” Sen. Tim Kaine, D-Va., said in support of the bill. 

“That’s why I’m joining a bipartisan group of my colleagues in introducing legislation that will encourage Congress to roll up its sleeves and find a path forward to ensure current and future generations of retirees and their families are able to receive the benefits they have earned and which they are owed,” he continued.

GET FOX BUSINESS ON THE GO BY CLICKING HERE

The nonpartisan Committee for a Responsible Federal Budget voiced support for the bill: “The PROMISE Act would establish a thoughtful bipartisan process to help Congress do its job and rescue Social Security before it’s too late… These proposals keep Congress and the public involved in this important process. Hopefully they can give our leaders the kick in the pants they need to start working together to secure Social Security for current and future generations,” Committee for a Responsible Federal Budget President Maya MacGuineas wrote.

Based on the current average monthly payout of $2,071, beneficiaries — including seniors and individuals with disabilities — would lose roughly $450 per month if a funding plan is not put in place. Experts estimate this reduction would force over 3 million American citizens into poverty.

READ MORE FROM FOX BUSINESS

This post was originally published here. 

U.S. natural gas inventories increased again last week, reinforcing expectations that the nation will enter the upcoming winter heating season with comfortable fuel supplies despite continued summer electricity demand.

The U.S. Energy Information Administration (EIA) reported on Thursday, July 16, that working natural gas in underground storage increased by 47 billion cubic feet (Bcf) for the week ending July 10. Total U.S. inventories now stand at approximately 3.05 trillion cubic feet, remaining above the five-year seasonal average.

The report helped reassure energy markets that domestic production continues to outpace current demand, even as much of the country experiences elevated temperatures that increase electricity usage for air conditioning.

Production Continues Outpacing Demand

The weekly storage build reflects strong domestic production from major shale regions, including the Appalachian Basin, the Permian Basin and the Haynesville formation.

Although power plants have consumed significant amounts of natural gas to meet summer electricity demand, production has remained strong enough to allow inventories to continue growing.

Energy analysts say the steady pace of injections gives utilities additional flexibility ahead of the winter heating season.

Consumers Benefit From Stable Prices

Healthy storage levels generally help limit price volatility for residential and commercial natural gas customers.

Natural gas remains the primary heating fuel for millions of American households while also generating roughly 40% of the nation’s electricity.

Stable fuel costs can help moderate utility bills for consumers and reduce operating expenses for manufacturers, food processors, chemical producers and other energy-intensive industries.

Businesses also benefit from improved energy price visibility when planning budgets and production schedules.

Weather Remains the Biggest Wild Card

Despite comfortable inventories, weather continues to be the largest variable affecting natural gas markets.

Extended heat waves can sharply increase electricity demand, while an active hurricane season could temporarily disrupt Gulf Coast production and processing facilities.

Looking ahead, traders will also begin focusing on long-range winter weather forecasts, which historically play a major role in determining natural gas prices during the second half of the year.

LNG Exports Continue Growing

Liquefied natural gas exports remain an important source of demand for U.S. producers.

American LNG shipments continue supplying customers in Europe, Asia and other international markets, helping support domestic production while strengthening the United States’ position as one of the world’s leading energy exporters.

Even with rising export demand, current production levels have continued replenishing storage facilities at a healthy pace.

Looking Ahead

Energy markets will continue monitoring weekly storage reports throughout the summer and early autumn.

If production remains strong and weather patterns remain near seasonal norms, the United States appears well positioned heading into the winter heating season.

For consumers and businesses alike, healthy natural gas inventories provide another encouraging sign that energy supplies remain stable, helping reduce the risk of significant price spikes later this year.

JBizNews Desk | Washington

© JBizNews.com All Rights Reserved. Reproduction or distribution without written permission is prohibited.

Want to stay on top of the science and politics driving biotech today? Sign up to get our biotech newsletter in your inbox.

Hiya. Today, we explore a gene therapy approach that’s drawing excitement but also skepticism, and see that Jennifer Doudna is moving into AI-designed gene editors that push beyond evolution. 

Plus, our trusty podcasters unpack the buzzy prediction market Kalshi’s move into biotech.

Continue to STAT+ to read the full story…

This post was originally published here. 

Israeli defense-tech start-ups working with the Defense Ministry raised nearly $3 billion in the first six months of 2026, according to figures presented at the Haifa DefenseTech Startups and Investors Forum. 

The amount is three times the $1b. raised during all of 2025.

During the same period, defense-tech and dual-use companies accounted for almost 30% of the $8.4b. in private investment in Israel’s hi-tech sector. Approximately 800 start-ups are currently fulfilling direct procurement orders for the ministry.

The forum, held this week at EY’s Haifa office and organized by HiCenter Ventures, Gornitzky GNY, and EY, brought together entrepreneurs, investors, and officials from the defense industry and security establishment.

“Israel is rapidly transforming from a ‘Cyber Nation’ to a ‘Defense-Tech Nation,’” Ilana Averkin, head of Defense-Tech at HiCenter Ventures, was quoted as saying. 

Nevertheless, she warned that start-ups should not try to build full end-to-end systems and compete with the primes but rather “design the product as an independent, flexible, and agnostic component” that can be easily integrated into the platforms of defense giants like Lockheed Martin, Raytheon, or local players such as Israel Aerospace Industries (IAI) , Elbit Systems, and Rafael Advanced Defense Systems.

Global crises 

Global conflicts in Ukraine, the Persian Gulf, Lebanon, and Gaza have contributed to increased demand for defense technologies, including from Israel. Participants at the event cited the ability of Israeli companies to upgrade systems during active combat as a factor drawing interest from foreign customers.

Lior Hanuka, CEO of HiCenter Ventures, told the crowd that “following lessons from fighting in the Gaza Strip, in Lebanon, and in Ukraine, control of frequencies and the ability to disrupt GPS systems and drones has become a top investment priority.” 

He added that “a great deal of money is being invested in AI that not only analyzes data but can make autonomous real-time decisions, such as automatic target prioritization, dynamic supply-chain management, and predicting failures in weapons systems.”

Primes have been cooperating with defense-tech companies around the world, and Dr. Moshe Shuker, senior vice president for Research and Development at Rafael, told the crowd that the company has “significantly expanded” its work with start-ups by integrating components and assemblies to broad collaborations on flagship systems.

“Rafael is one of the world’s leading defense industries, and it has set for itself the goal of being a significant pillar of Israel’s security through unique and groundbreaking innovation and technology. In recent years, Rafael’s products have been at the technological forefront of defending Israel, and we do everything to ensure this continues.”

According to Shuker, by adapting the company’s activities in the defense-tech sector, “the connection between agile start-ups and established development bodies and defense industries makes it possible to significantly shorten the path from an idea to battlefield technology.” 

Central industry

Hanuka said investment is increasingly directed toward software-based systems, including battlefield operating systems, encrypted cloud communications, and autonomous software for drones and robots. He also noted growing interest in AI for real-time decision-making and predictive maintenance.

“Products like battlefield operating systems, encrypted cloud communications, and autonomous software for drones and robots are achieving high valuations,” he said.

Adv. Ariel Sagee of Gornitzky said that government bodies, including the Israel Innovation Authority, the Defense Ministry, and Directorate of Defense Research and Development (DDR&D) are taking a more proactive approach to supporting defense-tech companies.

“We are witnessing a fundamental shift in the way government authorities engage with the defense and technology sectors,” he said.

According to him, “organizations that were once viewed as highly bureaucratic, including the Israel Innovation Authority, the Defense Ministry, and especially DDR&D are now taking a far more proactive approach. Their focus has shifted toward accelerating innovation, fostering collaboration, and removing barriers for companies operating in the sector.”

The numbers come shortly after a report by the Aaron Institute for Economic Policy at Reichman University found a sharp rise in the number of hi-tech employees in Israel, especially in the defense-tech sector. The report, which was quoted by Ynet, said that there were 424,000 workers in hi-tech – a 6.2% rise.

The increase in workers has led to a 32% jump in office space leased by defense companies in the first half of the year. According to the report by Colliers Israel, the three leading defense firms – Rafael, Elbit, and IAI – as well as defense-tech start-ups have leased more than 140,000 sq.m., compared with about 106,000 sq.m.  in the second half of 2025. 

Investment focus and regional development

While most companies are located in the center of Israel (around 80% according to data from the report), Hanan Markovitz, CEO of the Haifa Economic Corporation, said that strengthening Haifa and the North as a technological hub is important for national resilience and called for a national initiative to attract development centers and investment to the region.

“Israel cannot continue concentrating the best human and technological capital of the security establishment in the center of the country. Investment in Beersheba is welcome, but national resilience also requires a strong hub in Haifa and the North,” he said.

HiCenter Ventures was established by the Haifa Economic Corporation and the city of Haifa to support the local entrepreneurial ecosystem. Since 2021, it has supported and invested in 104 start-ups that have raised more than $300 million. Its investor hub, HiFund, includes about 1,200 investors and 300 strategic partners and investment entities.

In 2025, HiCenter invested in 24 start-ups, including 19 new portfolio companies and five follow-on rounds. Those companies raised about $90m. in additional funding during the year.

According to Averkin, HiCenter plans to invest in 10 defense-tech start-ups this year and will assist companies with capital raising, proof-of-concept work, export licensing, and manufacturing.

This post was originally published on here. 

Nasdaq drops nearly 2% in the opening minutes; Dow holds near flat; Brent runs toward a 12% weekly gain as Hormuz transit collapses

Roughly 25 minutes into the session, the S&P 500 was trading at 7,466.06, down 67.71 points, or 0.90%. The Nasdaq Composite was off 1.88%, while the Dow Jones Industrial Average slipped just 0.14%. The Philadelphia Semiconductor Index dropped 4%  — a second consecutive session of heavy losses for the group after the index tumbled more than 4% on Thursday.

The split between the Dow and the Nasdaq is the story of the morning. Money is not leaving the market so much as leaving one corner of it.

What’s driving it

Two separate pressure points hit at once.

The first is a continued repricing of AI infrastructure spending. The rally that carried markets off their March lows has stalled as investors reassess how much companies are committing to artificial intelligence and what those commitments return.  Thursday offered a clean illustration: Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing reported a 77% annual earnings gain and watched its shares fall more than 4%  — the second time in three days that strong results from a dominant chipmaker preceded a selloff in the sector rather than a rally.

The pressure traveled overnight. Japan’s Nikkei 225 closed down 4.03%.

The second is Netflix. The company reported second-quarter earnings of $0.80 per share against a $0.79 estimate on revenue of $12.6 billion, essentially in line. The problem was the guide: third-quarter revenue of $12.86 billion versus a $13.006 billion consensus, and earnings of $0.82 against $0.84 expected. Full-year 2026 revenue was narrowed to $51 billion to $51.4 billion.  Shares fell more than 9% in extended trading  — a second straight quarter of decelerating sales growth in what management characterized as a competitive and shifting entertainment market.

Market Movers

• Netflix (NFLX) — down sharply on the Q3 revenue and earnings guide, not the quarter itself.

• Semiconductors — the sector is doing the bulk of the index-level damage. The PHLX Semiconductor Index is down 4% at the open after a 4%-plus decline Thursday, with the group at roughly two-month lows.

• Truist Financial (TFC) and Fifth Third Bancorp (FITB) — the regional banks close out this week’s earnings docket,  giving the first read on mid-sized lender credit quality since energy costs began climbing again.

• Defensive names — consumer staples are holding up as the rotation out of high-multiple tech continues.

Commodities

Energy is where the geopolitical backdrop is showing up in hard numbers.

Brent crude traded at $85.10 a barrel and WTI at $79.93 Friday morning, with prices up roughly 12% on the week — on pace for the strongest weekly gain since April. The move traces directly to the Strait of Hormuz, where confirmed crude and condensate transit has fallen 62% to 4.1 million barrels per day, according to Kpler, with regional loadings down 47%.

The U.S. struck Iranian coastal, military and maritime targets for a sixth consecutive night. Five bridges were hit and seven people were killed. Iran launched fresh strikes in response.  Friday’s exchange included the first direct attack on U.S. facilities in Syria.

The date that matters for planners: the 60-day ceasefire memorandum signed last month expires August 16.

Elsewhere, gold traded near $4,000 an ounce, up modestly, and the VIX rose nearly 10% to 18.37.  Bitcoin was near $62,932, down 1.7%.

On deck

The University of Michigan’s preliminary July consumer sentiment reading lands at 10 a.m. ET. It arrives with unusual weight. June’s final reading came in at 49.5, up from May’s all-time low of 44.8, with the improvement credited largely to a moderation in gasoline prices. Year-ahead inflation expectations sat at 4.6% — well above the 3.4% recorded in February, before the Iran conflict began.

That relief has now reversed. Gasoline is following crude back up, which means the single input that lifted sentiment off record lows in June has flipped direction going into the July survey.

For business owners, the read-through is straightforward: the equity story this morning is a tech-sector valuation argument, and it is largely self-contained. The energy story is not. A 62% collapse in Hormuz transit shows up in freight rates, fuel surcharges, and input costs for anyone moving physical goods — and it will show up on invoices long after the chip trade sorts itself out.

Note on data: June retail sales grew 0.2% month over month, below the 0.3% consensus.  EIA’s July outlook, published July 7, forecast Brent averaging $74 a barrel in the third quarter  — a projection built on the assumption of a reopened strait, and one this week’s transit data has already overtaken.

JBizNews Desk | Wall Street

© JBizNews.com All Rights Reserved. Reproduction or distribution without written permission is prohibited.

Dream Finders Homes Inc. has appointed Steve Fischer, president of The Pitney Bowes Bank, to its board of directors and audit committee, the company announced on Friday morning. 

The news comes after the Florida-based builder announced that Rich Beckwitt, the former co-CEO and co-president of Lennar Corp., was appointed as co-chairman of the company’s board of directors earlier this week.  

Fischer brings more than 30 years of executive experience in banking, financial services and public accounting to the Dream Finders Homes’ board. 

He is currently president of The Pitney Bowes Bank, a subsidiary of Pitney Bowes Inc. Previously, he served as president and CEO of TIAA Bank after holding roles as president, chief operating officer and chief financial officer.

Before that, Fischer was CFO of EverBank Financial Corp., where he played a key role in the company’s growth and public company operations. Earlier in his career, he spent more than 18 years with Deloitte & Touche LLP, ultimately serving as a partner for clients including several Fortune 100 companies, as well as mid-sized banks and mortgage companies.

Dream Finders said Fischer adds expertise in corporate finance, capital markets and risk management to the board at a time when public homebuilders are navigating higher-rate financing costs, tighter credit and shifting demand patterns. Deep banking and audit experience is increasingly valued in boardrooms as builders evaluate land strategies, leverage and capital-return plans in a more volatile rate environment.

“Steve’s appointment represents another important step in the thoughtful evolution of our Board,” Patrick Zalupski, founder, CEO and co-chairman of Dream Finders, said in the announcement. “His extensive financial, banking and public company expertise will bring valuable perspective to the Board as we continue pursuing our strategic priorities and evaluating opportunities for further growth.”

“I am honored to join Dream Finders’ Board of Directors at such an important time in the Company’s growth,” Fischer said. “Dream Finders has built an impressive platform and disciplined financial approach. I look forward to working with the Board and the management team to drive long-term value for the shareholders.”

Fischer holds a Bachelor of Science in accounting and finance from Florida State University and is a licensed certified public accountant in Florida.

This post was originally published on here. 

Agents are trained to watch their numbers, which is sound advice right up until the wrong number becomes the one they watch. A common and corrosive habit in this business is benchmarking personal worth against another agent’s gross commission income or GCI. That’s a measurement error, and like most measurement errors, it quietly often leads to a string of bad decisions.

Comparing yourself to a peer’s production optimizes for the wrong metric. Another agent’s earnings are an output of their circumstances such as their hours, tenure, market and their personal tradeoffs, none of which describe your business or your value.

Treating that figure as a verdict on your own worth is like running a company by staring at a competitor’s revenue while ignoring your own balance sheet. The number is real, but it is not measuring what you think it is, and steering by it pulls you steadily off course.

Vanity comparison degrades the quality of your decisions

An agent anchored to someone else’s scoreboard tends to make reactive, fear-driven choices, chasing tactics that do not fit, abandoning a working strategy too early, or burning out trying to match a pace built for an entirely different life. Decisions made from a felt sense of deficiency are rarely the decisions that build a durable business. The cost is not merely emotional; it surfaces in churn, in scattered effort, and in careers that end not from a lack of talent but from exhaustion and discouragement.

A bigger income figure also hides far more than it reveals. It says nothing about what the number cost to produce, whether in time, relationships, or health, and nothing about where its owner sits in their own cycle relative to yours. Benchmarking against an incomplete and non-comparable data point is poor analysis in any field, and it is no better here. The professional whose figure you envy may be carrying tradeoffs you would never accept, all of which the headline number conveniently omits.

The metrics worth tracking are internal and forward-looking

The durable questions are what you do well, what you are trying to build, and whether the clients you served this year would describe the experience as excellent. Client trust and repeat relationships, not relative ranking, are what actually predict longevity in this business, and they compound over time for the agents who concentrate on them. A seller does not consult a leaderboard before deciding whom to trust; they respond to competence and care, both of which sit entirely within your control.

Reframing worth as character and contribution is not a motivational nicety; it is operationally sound. Agents who measure themselves by the value they deliver, rather than by their position relative to a top producer, make steadier decisions, sustain their effort longer, and build the kind of relationship-based business that survives market cycles. Income is a useful instrument and a poor identity, and the professionals who keep that distinction clear are usually the ones still standing when conditions change and the louder names have moved on.

The comparison also misreads correlation as instruction

Observing that a top producer earns more does not tell you which of their actions to copy, because their results are entangled with advantages you cannot see and may not share. Agents who chase the visible tactics of a leader without the underlying context frequently import the costs without the returns. Sound strategy is built from your own data, your own strengths, and your own constraints, not reverse-engineered from a figure on someone else’s year-end summary.

Durable businesses are built on retention, not ranking. The agents who last are the ones who convert each client into a source of repeat and referral business, a compounding asset that a leaderboard does not even attempt to measure. Position relative to a competitor is a vanity figure; lifetime client value is the one that actually funds a career. An operator who optimizes for the former is managing perception, while one who optimizes for the latter is managing a business.

Self-worth anchored externally is a fragile operating system. If your sense of professional value depends on out-earning the agent beside you, then someone else’s good year can destabilize your decision-making at any moment, entirely outside your control. Anchoring worth to your own standards and contribution removes that volatility and produces the steadiness from which good long-term decisions are actually made. Stability of judgment, in this business, is itself a competitive advantage.

Measure your business by the value you create and the trust you earn, and you build something that lasts through every cycle. Measure it against another agent’s checkbook, and you optimize for a number that will never once tell you who you are.

Darryl Davis, CSP, is a national speaker, real estate coach, and the bestselling author of How to Become a Power Agent in Real Estate. Don’t miss this month’s free webinar series at PowerAgentWebinar.com. Through his POWER AGENT® Coaching Program, he helps real estate professionals build thriving businesses and lives at the Next Level®. Learn more at darrylspeaks.com.

This column does not necessarily reflect the opinion of HousingWire’s editorial department and its owners.

To contact the editor responsible for this piece: tracey@hwmedia.com

This post was originally published on here. 

Hyundai Motor Group announced Thursday, July 16, that it will acquire SoftBank Group’s remaining approximately 10% stake in Boston Dynamics, making the U.S. robotics company a wholly owned subsidiary. The announcement was confirmed by Hyundai and follows SoftBank’s exercise of a contractual put option established when Hyundai first acquired control of Boston Dynamics in 2021. Financial terms were not officially disclosed, although South Korean media have estimated the transaction at roughly 500 billion won (about $335 million). 

The move gives Hyundai complete strategic control over one of the world’s most recognizable robotics companies as the automaker accelerates its transformation from a traditional vehicle manufacturer into a broader mobility, artificial intelligence and robotics company.

Rather than viewing robots as a side business, Hyundai is positioning robotics as a central pillar of its long-term growth strategy.

From Viral Videos to Factory Floors

Boston Dynamics built its global reputation through highly advanced robots capable of running, climbing stairs, navigating rough terrain and performing complex movements once thought impossible for machines.

Its quadruped Spot robot has been deployed for industrial inspections, construction sites, utility operations, mining, public safety and infrastructure monitoring around the world.

More recently, attention has shifted to Atlas, the company’s next-generation humanoid robot designed for industrial work.

Hyundai plans to begin deploying Atlas robots at its new electric vehicle manufacturing facility in Georgia beginning in 2028, where the robots are expected to initially perform parts sequencing before gradually expanding into additional manufacturing functions, including component assembly by the end of the decade. 

The Georgia deployment represents one of the first large-scale commercial applications of advanced humanoid robots inside an automotive production environment.

Why Hyundai Wants Full Control

Hyundai originally acquired an 80% interest in Boston Dynamics from SoftBank in 2021. Through subsequent ownership adjustments, Hyundai and its affiliated companies increased their combined ownership to more than 90%, leaving SoftBank with a minority interest of roughly 10%.

By purchasing the remaining shares, Hyundai eliminates minority ownership and gains complete authority over future investment decisions, commercialization strategy, research priorities and any potential future public offering.

The company said complete ownership provides greater flexibility to make long-term investments without needing approval from outside shareholders.

That flexibility may prove increasingly valuable as competition intensifies among companies racing to commercialize humanoid robotics.

Tesla, Figure AI, Agility Robotics and several Chinese robotics developers are investing billions of dollars into humanoid systems intended for factories, warehouses and logistics operations.

Hyundai believes Boston Dynamics gives it one of the industry’s strongest technology platforms.

Automation Meets Labor Concerns

The announcement comes during a period of heightened labor tensions in South Korea, where Hyundai’s union has raised concerns about automation replacing manufacturing jobs.

Union officials have warned that expanding use of humanoid robots could reduce future hiring needs if automation advances more rapidly than workforce growth.

Hyundai has stated that robotics is intended to improve productivity, safety and manufacturing efficiency rather than simply eliminate jobs.

The company argues that robots can assume repetitive, dangerous or physically demanding work while employees transition toward higher-value technical roles.

Nevertheless, labor organizations continue watching Hyundai’s robotics strategy closely as implementation moves forward.

A Broader Robotics Strategy

Hyundai’s ambitions extend well beyond automobile manufacturing.

The company envisions robots supporting logistics, warehousing, healthcare, construction, mobility services and smart-city infrastructure.

Boston Dynamics already sells industrial robots globally, and Hyundai hopes its manufacturing expertise can accelerate production while reducing costs over time.

Combining Hyundai’s large-scale manufacturing capabilities with Boston Dynamics’ robotics expertise could enable broader commercialization of advanced robotic systems.

Industry analysts view the acquisition as another indication that robotics is moving from experimental research into mainstream industrial deployment.

While humanoid robots remain expensive today, manufacturers increasingly see them as long-term tools capable of helping address labor shortages, improve workplace safety and increase productivity.

What Comes Next

Hyundai will continue integrating Boston Dynamics into its broader robotics strategy while preparing Atlas for commercial deployment in the United States.

The company expects full ownership to simplify decision-making and accelerate development timelines as global competition in robotics continues to intensify.

For Boston Dynamics, the transaction closes another chapter in a corporate history that has included ownership by Google, SoftBank and now full integration into Hyundai Motor Group.

For Hyundai, it represents one of the clearest signals yet that the future of the company extends far beyond automobiles.

JBizNews Desk | Seoul

© JBizNews.com All Rights Reserved. Reproduction or distribution without written permission is prohibited.

Andy Burnham, nicknamed the ‘King of the North’, was elected leader of Britain’s governing Labour Party on Friday, the final step before becoming its seventh prime minister in a decade on a pledge to thwart the rise of the populist Reform UK.

At a ‘special conference’ on Friday, Burnham, who earned the regal moniker for his determination as mayor of Greater Manchester to defend the region’s interests, said he was ready for power and would work to offer hope to people in “forgotten places everywhere.”

“We are united and we put the power that comes from that unity at the service of people and places who have been waiting too long for politics to let them hope again,” he told a room full of Labour lawmakers and party officials.

“And that’s what we’re going to do, everybody, we’re going to give them hope back.”

He also paid tribute to Keir Starmer, the man he will replace as British prime ministeron Monday, when the party will be eager to find out his cabinet team and learn more about his approach to government.

Burnhams big ‘rebalancing of power’

Despite his offer of hope to places that feel ‘left behind’, there is still much to know about how Burnham will govern.

He has given one speech since returning to parliament last month after winning a seat in Makerfield, the start of a four-week process to remove Starmer, whose unpopularity across Britain turned his lawmakers against him, and take his place as prime minister.

In it, he sketched out some of his domestic agenda, saying he wanted to oversee the “biggest rebalancing of power” from London to Britain’s regions — something he believes will reduce inequality and the anger felt by “left-behind communities” who have increasingly flocked to Reform.

That message of having a plan to thwart the rise of Reform won over Labour lawmakers, who feared they would lose their parliamentary seats to veteran Brexit campaigner Nigel Farage’s populist party at the next national election, due by 2029. Reform has topped opinion polls for months.

Some of that sheen has been tarnished in recent weeks by Farage’s acceptance of funds from wealthy donors, perhaps giving Burnham an opening to revive Labour’s fortunes.

Yet he does not have much time.

With a general election no more than three years away, Burnham will need to start implementing some of his pledges, many of which are based on long-term thinking, as quickly as possible.

Nigel Wilcock, executive director at the Institute of Economic Development, an independent body representing economic development professionals, said Burnham had spent years making the case for a different approach to economic growth:

“The challenge is turning that vision into a reality.”

This post was originally published on here. 

And so, another working week will soon draw to a close. Not a moment too soon, yes? This is, you may recall, our treasured signal to daydream about weekend plans. Our agenda is rather modest. If the smoky skies ever clear, we will promenade with the official mascots. Regardless, we intend to escort Mrs. Pharmalot to a fancy bistro and watch some footie on the telly. We also hope to hold another listening party, where the rotation will likely include this, this, this, this and this. And what about you? This is a wonderful time to enjoy the great outdoors — surfing and crabbing come to mind. There’s also clubbing and pubbing if you prefer cityscapes. Or simply curling up with a good book is a beneficial alternative. Well, whatever you do, have a grand time. But be safe. Enjoy, and see you soon. …

The number of active medication shortages in the U.S. rose to 227 in the second quarter of 2026, continuing the upward trend since 214 in the third quarter of 2025, according to the American Society of Health-System Pharmacists. Just under half, or 48%, of all new shortages this year are sole-source products, or those made by a single manufacturer, 16% of active shortages are controlled substances, and 10% of all new shortages in 2026 are contrast agents used for potentially life-saving procedures, such as CT scans and MRIs.

Three years after buying Bellus Health and its chronic cough candidate camlipixant for around $2 billion, GSK is abandoning the program, Pharmaphorum points out. Data from a pair of Phase 3 trials in adults with refractory chronic cough found “limited efficacy demonstrated is unlikely to transform patient care” and GSK will no longer develop the drug for that indication. Camlipixant is in the P2X3 antagonist class, which has seen other drug candidates fall by the wayside. The results are a setback as GSK speeds ​development of new medicines and targets new assets to strengthen its ​late-stage pipeline and manage losses from patent expirations expected from 2028 onwards.

Continue to STAT+ to read the full story…

This post was originally published here. 

U.S. import prices unexpectedly declined in June, providing encouraging news for consumers and businesses as the cost of many goods entering the country continued to moderate despite ongoing global trade uncertainty.

The U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics reported on Thursday, July 16, that import prices fell 0.2% in June, reversing the previous month’s increase and coming in below economists’ expectations. Excluding fuel, import prices were largely stable, indicating that broader inflation pressures from overseas goods remain relatively contained.

The report is closely watched because import prices often provide an early indication of future inflation trends affecting American consumers and businesses.

Lower Energy Costs Help Drive Decline

The decrease was largely driven by lower prices for imported fuel products.

Energy markets remained volatile throughout June, but overall import costs declined enough to offset modest increases in several categories of manufactured goods.

Lower import costs can eventually benefit consumers by reducing pricing pressure on retailers, manufacturers and distributors that rely on imported products.

Companies importing raw materials, machinery and consumer goods may also benefit from improved cost stability.

Good News for Consumers

Moderating import prices could help keep inflation under control during the second half of the year.

Many consumer products sold in the United States—including electronics, household goods, clothing and appliances—contain imported components or are manufactured overseas.

When import costs stabilize or decline, businesses often face less pressure to raise prices for consumers.

Although not every cost savings is immediately passed along, easing import inflation is generally viewed as a positive development for household budgets.

Businesses Gain Greater Pricing Stability

American manufacturers also benefit from lower import costs.

Many companies rely on imported metals, industrial equipment, chemicals and production components to manufacture finished products domestically.

More stable import pricing allows businesses to better forecast expenses, manage inventories and plan future investments.

The report also comes as global supply chains continue operating more smoothly than during the disruptions experienced in recent years.

Federal Reserve Watches Inflation Closely

The latest figures provide another data point for policymakers as they evaluate future interest-rate decisions.

While the Federal Reserve considers many measures of inflation, declining import prices reduce one potential source of upward price pressure across the economy.

Combined with recent reports showing moderating producer prices and improving supply chains, the latest import price data suggests inflation continues moving in a more favorable direction.

Officials will continue monitoring consumer prices, wage growth and employment before making future policy decisions.

Looking Ahead

Economists expect import prices to remain sensitive to energy markets, currency movements and international trade conditions.

Even with ongoing geopolitical uncertainty, June’s report suggests businesses are not currently experiencing widespread increases in overseas purchasing costs.

For consumers, manufacturers and retailers alike, the latest data offers another encouraging sign that inflationary pressures may continue easing during the second half of 2026.

JBizNews Desk | Washington

© JBizNews.com All Rights Reserved. Reproduction or distribution without written permission is prohibited.

The European Commission on Thursday, July 16, adopted legally binding measures requiring Google to make key parts of its Android ecosystem more accessible to competing artificial intelligence assistants and search providers under the European Union’s Digital Markets Act (DMA). The decision follows months of consultations and marks one of the Commission’s most significant enforcement actions against a major technology platform since the DMA took effect.

The ruling requires Google to improve interoperability between Android devices and third-party services while also making certain anonymized Google Search data available to qualifying competitors. European regulators say the measures are intended to reduce barriers that have historically favored Google’s own products and create greater competition in both artificial intelligence and online search.

For businesses developing AI assistants, search engines, voice technologies and connected devices, the decision could reshape how consumers interact with Android smartphones across Europe over the coming years.

Opening Android to Competing AI Services

At the center of the Commission’s decision is Android, the world’s largest mobile operating system.

European regulators concluded that Google must provide developers with greater technical access to Android features that have traditionally been more easily available to Google’s own applications and services. These include functions used by voice assistants, connected devices and emerging AI-powered digital assistants.

The Commission believes that allowing competing AI platforms to integrate more deeply into Android will encourage innovation while giving consumers additional choices beyond Google’s native ecosystem.

Rather than forcing consumers to rely primarily on Google Assistant or other Google-developed tools, device manufacturers and software developers will have broader opportunities to offer competing AI experiences that function more seamlessly on Android devices.

Implementation of many interoperability requirements will occur in phases, with some technical obligations extending through July 2027.

Search Data Sharing

The Commission also ordered Google to establish a framework allowing eligible competitors access to certain anonymized search data generated through Google Search.

European officials argue that access to search information has become increasingly important for companies developing competing search engines and artificial intelligence systems that depend on high-quality data to improve results.

The Commission emphasized that any data sharing must comply with European privacy laws and include safeguards designed to protect users’ personal information.

The measures do not authorize the release of personally identifiable search histories. Instead, regulators envision structured access to anonymized information intended to improve competition while preserving user privacy.

Google Pushes Back

Google sharply criticized the Commission’s decision, arguing that the requirements could reduce security, slow innovation and expose proprietary technology that the company has spent decades developing.

The company has maintained throughout the DMA process that excessive interoperability requirements could weaken cybersecurity protections and create additional risks for Android users.

Google also argues that mandatory data-sharing obligations could discourage long-term investment in search and artificial intelligence by reducing incentives to develop new technologies.

While the company must comply with the Commission’s legally binding measures, additional legal challenges remain possible as implementation moves forward.

A Growing Global Regulatory Trend

The decision represents another chapter in the broader effort by regulators worldwide to increase oversight of dominant digital platforms.

Over the past several years, governments in Europe, the United States and other jurisdictions have introduced new rules addressing competition in digital advertising, mobile operating systems, app stores, online marketplaces and artificial intelligence.

The European Union has generally taken the most aggressive regulatory approach through the Digital Markets Act, which establishes special obligations for designated “gatekeeper” platforms considered essential to digital commerce.

The law is designed to prevent dominant technology companies from using their market positions to disadvantage competitors.

The Google measures announced Thursday are among the most detailed technical interoperability requirements issued under the DMA to date.

Implications for Businesses

The ruling extends well beyond Google.

Artificial intelligence companies, software developers, smartphone manufacturers and enterprise technology providers will all be watching closely as implementation begins.

Companies building AI assistants could gain broader access to Android capabilities that were previously more difficult to integrate.

Search providers may receive new opportunities to improve their own platforms through access to additional anonymized search information.

Device manufacturers could also benefit from increased flexibility when deciding which digital assistants and AI services to feature on future smartphones and connected products.

For consumers, the practical effects are expected to emerge gradually as Google implements the required changes over the next several years.

Whether the measures ultimately produce significantly greater competition in AI and search remains uncertain, but the decision reinforces Europe’s determination to shape how large technology platforms operate within its borders.

The Commission said it will continue monitoring Google’s compliance throughout the implementation process and may take additional enforcement action if obligations are not met.

JBizNews Desk | Brussels

© JBizNews.com All Rights Reserved. Reproduction or distribution without written permission is prohibited.

Israel’s system for victims of hostile acts remains centered on proving the extent of a person’s disability rather than helping them rebuild their lives, survivors, mental-health experts and political representatives warned at a Tel Aviv conference on Sunday.

The conference was organized by 121 Engine for Social Change through two partnerships it leads: Or BaOfek (“Light on the Horizon”), which advocates for victims of hostile acts, and Tikva LaNefesh (“Hope for the Soul”), which focuses on mental-health and resilience policy.

The conference took place at Riverside in Tel Aviv, and was sponsored pro bono by Rafi Pomrock, the CEO of the Dynamo Group and a member of 121’s public council. It was hosted by journalist Rina Matzliach.

Founded in 2017, 121 describes itself as a nonpartisan social-policy organization that works with civil-society groups and professionals to advance legislation and government policy.

Or BaOfek was established following October 7 to press for changes to a system of recognition and rehabilitation that the organization argues was not built to handle tens of thousands of physical and psychological injuries.

Victims of terror’s employment, financial situations falling apart

At the conference, 121 presented interim findings from a survey it conducted among 145 victims of hostile acts. Only 27% had returned to the same scope of employment they held before their injury, while 35% were not working at all, and 34% had returned only partially.

Nearly two-thirds of respondents – 61.8% – said their financial situation had deteriorated even after receiving allowances and compensation, while 35.2% said a first-degree relative had been forced to reduce their workload because of the respondent’s condition.

Two-thirds said they had not received continuous and consistent guidance from the state, and respondents gave the assistance they received in navigating their rights an average score of 2.5 out of 5.

Taken together, the findings underscored how the consequences of an injury can extend beyond the person formally recognized by the state, affecting the employment and finances of entire families and placing additional burdens on relatives providing care.

Roni Katz, whose son Arad survived the Supernova music festival massacre, said in a video presented at the conference that she had been forced to stop working to care for him around the clock.

“My son Arad returned from Nova in a severe psychological condition, and since then I have been caring for him constantly,” she said. “I lost my source of income, but I received no response from the state – no financial assistance, no guidance, and no treatments that could have helped me cope.”

Ron Segev, another Nova survivor, said he had previously worked 12-hour days as a salesman but could no longer function as he had before October 7. Segev said he was currently recognized as having a temporary disability through the end of 2026, with a permanent determination expected only in 2027.

“Instead of a system that focuses on disability percentages, I need a personal rehabilitation track that determines what I need in order to return to functioning and to life,” he said.

Recognition is only the first step

Recognition as a victim of hostile acts and the determination of a disability rating are two separate stages of the process.

A person seeking recognition submits a claim to the National Insurance Institute (NII). The claim is then transferred to the certifying authority in the Defense Ministry, which determines whether the incident meets the legal definition of a hostile act and whether the person should be recognized as a victim.

Once recognized, a person seeking disability compensation must file a separate claim and appear before a medical committee, which determines whether the recognized injury created a temporary or permanent disability and assigns a percentage to it. The committee may assess only injuries connected to the hostile act for which the claimant was recognized.

A disability rating below 10% does not entitle the victim to disability compensation. Ratings between 10% and 19% generally lead to a one-time grant, while those rated at 20% or above receive a monthly disability payment.

Recognition can fund medical treatment connected to the recognized injury even without a 20% disability rating, but many of the broader rehabilitation, treatment, and family benefits depend on crossing higher thresholds.

The “One Soul” reform, for example, applies to victims receiving monthly compensation with a disability rating of at least 20% for post-traumatic stress disorder, another mental injury, or a head injury.

Given the unprecedented number of people who entered the system in the past three years, the distinction is significant.

Approximately 82,000 civilians were recognized as victims of hostile acts between 2023 and 2025, excluding those killed, according to NII data presented in a recent Knesset Research and Information Center report.

By April 2026, approximately 38,000 had applied for a disability determination. Of those, around 88% were determined to have a mental disability, along with approximately 6% with a physical disability and another 6% with combined physical and psychological injuries. Among those with psychological disabilities, the largest group received ratings between 20% and 34%.

Religious Zionist Party MK Michal Woldiger said on Sunday that the committees intended to determine those ratings had themselves become an obstacle to recovery.

“The vast majority of medical committees today are anti-rehabilitative,” she said. “They focus on the question of how injured a person is, instead of asking what that person needs to return to functioning.”

Woldiger said the committees should not necessarily be abolished, but their purpose and methods should be changed to support individualized rehabilitation.

Similar criticism was raised at a June 9 meeting of the Knesset Labor and Welfare Committee on medical committees for disabled IDF veterans and victims of hostile acts. One participant told the committee that a psychiatrist had reduced her disability rating by 20 percentage points after asking whether she had begun studying – an example of the fear that signs of recovery can be interpreted as evidence that assistance is no longer required.

Trauma that does not fit existing definitions

Yashar Party candidate Inbar Yehezkeli Blilious argued that the legal criteria themselves must be reconsidered as the nature of exposure to terrorism changes.

“Terror has changed, and the law must also change,” she said.

People may sustain severe psychological harm despite not being physically present at an attack, she said, including through watching events unfold in real time on their phones or through videos. Where serious harm can be demonstrated, the state should consider expanding recognition to include them, she said.

Yehezkeli Blilious also called for earlier intervention through the health funds and for support to be extended to siblings and other family members affected by a survivor’s condition.

Some victims may return to work while continuing to require long-term support, she noted, meaning employment alone should not be treated as proof that rehabilitation is complete.

Prof. Mooli Lahad, founder and president of the Community Stress Prevention Center, warned against treating every prolonged response to the war as PTSD. Some people are experiencing other forms of unresolved distress, including what he described as “ambiguous loss,” requiring a broader therapeutic vocabulary and response.

Individual treatment remains important, Lahad said, but cannot succeed fully when a person returns to a family, workplace, or community that lacks the ability to support them.

“Real healing comes in an ecology of healing,” he said.

After years of continuing war and repeated attempts to recover, people are also experiencing what he described as “healing fatigue.” Strengthening communities would allow them to provide a protective structure around individuals and families, he said.

“The more we heal communities, the more they will wrap around the individuals themselves,” Lahad said, adding that resilience should be understood as a muscle that must be continually strengthened.

The pressure on those communities is already visible throughout the public mental-health system.

A State Comptroller’s survey conducted in April 2024 found that 35% of adults reported moderate or severe post-traumatic stress symptoms, 32% reported symptoms of depression, and 21% reported anxiety.

Among respondents who said they or someone close to them had been present at the October 7 events, 54% reported moderate or severe post-traumatic stress symptoms.

In the first six months after the attack, health funds and resilience centers provided psychotherapy to approximately 58,000 adults and children. By the spring of 2024, the average period between requesting care and beginning treatment, including the diagnostic process, was around six-and-a-half months.

The state comptroller warned that delayed treatment could cause symptoms to become entrenched and lead to long-term damage to victims’ employment, family lives, and social functioning.

The local welfare system expected to form part of the community response is also struggling. A June State Comptroller’s Report found that only 18% of the additional municipal social-work positions allocated in response to the war were filled in 2023, rising to 32% in 2024 before falling to 28% in 2025.

In a nonrepresentative survey conducted for the report, 54% of municipal social workers said they had experienced high or very high burnout since the war began. The principal difficulties they identified were workload, staffing shortages, and the growing number of cases.

Together Party representative Liran Avisar Ben Horin called for a shift from responding to crises only after they become severe to actively identifying people in distress.

Just as workplaces are required to appoint officials responsible for preventing sexual harassment, they should consider appointing a mental-health officer able to recognize signs of distress and connect employees with treatment, she said.

The conference’s proposals varied, but they shared a central premise: Israel cannot treat psychological rehabilitation as a temporary emergency project or reduce recovery to the percentage written beside a person’s name.

“The war created a new reality that the State of Israel has still not adequately addressed,” Liat Eilam, executive director of 121, said.

Israel must redesign the rehabilitation process around a person’s return to functioning, extend support to families carrying the burden of care, and build a national mental-health and resilience system rooted in local communities, she said.

“These are two national missions that must stand at the top of the priorities of the next government and Knesset.”

This post was originally published on here. 

“Don’t know much about history,” songster Sam Cooke’s timeless line from the last century, emerged this week as our culture minister’s motto, and the ruling party’s rallying cry. 

The minister, Miki Zohar, is not the point. The point is a statement about history that he made during a live broadcast and reflects the spirit of denialism that Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu and his operation are determined to foment. 

Having heard Zohar tell KAN radio interviewer Esti Perez that the October 7 massacre is “possibly one of the most difficult [events] the State [of Israel] ever experienced,” Perez asked in astonishment: “Do you, Miki Zohar, not think that October 7 is the most terrible event Israel saw since its establishment?” 

Zohar, it turns out, actually thinks just that. “We also had the Yom Kippur War,” he argued in the telephone interview, “and we also had the Six-Day War; these situations were not simple, and we also lost thousands of people in them.” 

And after Perez explained to the new historian that in those wars the casualties were soldiers, not civilians; and after Zohar still stuck to his thesis; and after she asked angrily: “Why can’t you say that it’s the worst event that happened here?” – the minister of culture (of all things) lost his wits and ranted: “You are dealing with nonsense!” and hung up. 

The art of denial brought to exceptional new heights

If only any of this were nonsense. In fact, this is about memory, denial, and denial’s dire consequences – consequences that can be catastrophic, as we Jews should know better than all others. 
 
The art of denial has been practiced and perfected by many since antiquity, but two nations brought it to exceptional heights: the Jews and the Palestinians. 

The Jews, in the aftermath of their failed revolts against Rome, avoided the objective study of history, as this writer showed in The Jewish March of Folly. Unlike Flavius Josephus, a real historian who collected facts systematically and tried to interpret events impartially, the sages who led the Jews failed to probe the strategic, military, diplomatic, and political blunders our forebears made en route to the grand defeat that the Jewish people will mourn on Tisha B’Av next Thursday. 

Instead, every Jew was made to confess every holiday “because of our sins we were exiled from our land.” Blame was thus shifted from reckless leaders’ political decisions to everyone else’s religious conduct. Looking at history objectively, and listening to its verdict humbly, was too scary. And when shifting blame is the aim, history’s denial becomes the means. 

The same thing happened in our time with ultra-Orthodox explanations of the Holocaust. 

The truth – that major rabbis banned Zionism and forbade immigration to America, and thus unwittingly trapped their followers in Nazi Europe – was too scary to admit. That is what made Rabbi Menachem Eliezer Shach say “God conducted… a long account that sprawled over centuries until it accumulated to a sum of six million, and that is how the Holocaust happened.”

Other rabbis’ denialism produced the absurd libel that Zionist leaders wanted, and even aided, the Nazis’s extermination of ultra-Orthodox Jews (see Kimmy Caplan’s book, Internal Popular Discourse in Israeli Haredi Society, Zalman Shazar Center for Jewish History, Jerusalem, 2007, p. 150).

The same denialism has plagued the Palestinians. 

No Palestinian leader, to this day, was ever prepared to publicly admit the folly of denying the Jews’ roots in this land, the recklessness of waging war on them, and the futility of rejecting the 1947 Partition Plan.

Yes, introspection is hard to do. Blaming everyone else except yourself is always easier, and if history, logic, justice, and morality all stand in the way – so be it. 

That is exactly what is happening now with the leaders who presided over, and are out to belittle, Israel’s most catastrophic event in its 78 years. 

Denialism plagues Palestinians to their detriment

The facts, despite Mr. Zohar’s revisionism, are incontrovertible. 

Never mind his bewildering ignorance of the 1967 Six-Day War; Israel didn’t lose in that war “thousands of people”; it lost 800, as historian Michael Oren noted in Six Days of War. Much more crucially, there is no comparison between wars with minimal civilian losses, as both the Six-Day War and the 1973 Yom Kippur War were, and a war with massive civilian losses, as we have endured since 2023. This is, of course, besides the gap between the swift victory in which the Six-Day War ended, and the current war did not.

The quest to blur these simple facts is part of a broader concert in which Netanyahu is playing first violin. Its opening allegro was the refusal to appoint a judicial commission of inquiry, reflecting the fear of truth that was discussed here when that decision was taken (“The truth about denial,” November 21, 2025). 

It was in that spirit of denialism that Netanyahu tried to shift the blame to the army, to military intelligence, to the Shin Bet (Israel Security Agency), to the judiciary – anyone but himself. Zohar’s clumsy attempt to join this effort only shows he understands what his leader expects. Both men want to make us doubt what happened, and instead believe that what didn’t happen happened. 

Now, with election day hardly three months away, the war on truth will intensify, as the Likud’s propaganda masters set out to invent, multiply, and yelp lies like Benjamin Netanyahu’s libels and Miki Zohar’s canards.

Denialism’s cost is exorbitant. Had the Jews studied their history impartially, they would have understood centuries before Theodor Herzl that regaining their land and restoring their power is their task, not God’s. And had the Palestinians not denied the same history, they would never have been displaced, dishonored, and dismembered. 

Now the political establishment that led Israel before, during, and after its most catastrophic moment is climbing the same path – the path that begins in denial and ends in eviction, dissolution, and disgrace.  

www.MiddleIsrael.net

The writer, a Hartman Institute fellow, is the author of the bestseller, The Jewish March of Folly (Yedioth Books 2026), now available in English on Amazon.

This post was originally published on here. 

Manufacturing activity in the Mid-Atlantic region unexpectedly returned to growth in July, offering a positive signal for U.S. factories after several months of uneven economic conditions.

The Federal Reserve Bank of Philadelphia reported on Thursday, July 16, that its Manufacturing Business Outlook Survey rose to 15.9 in July from –4.0 in June, marking a significant improvement and easily surpassing economists’ expectations. A reading above zero indicates expansion.

The survey is one of the first major indicators released each month on U.S. manufacturing activity and is closely monitored by businesses and investors for clues about the broader economy.

New Orders Rebound

A major driver of the improvement was stronger customer demand.

The survey’s new orders index returned to positive territory as manufacturers reported increased business activity from both existing and new customers.

Production also accelerated during the month, while shipments improved, suggesting factories experienced stronger output entering the second half of the year.

Many manufacturers reported that customers who delayed purchases earlier this year have begun placing new orders as economic uncertainty eased.

Employment Holds Steady

Hiring remained relatively stable.

While manufacturers continue exercising caution when adding workers, few companies reported significant layoffs.

Businesses said they remain focused on retaining skilled employees amid continued shortages of experienced manufacturing workers in several specialized industries.

Capital spending plans also improved modestly, suggesting businesses remain willing to invest despite higher financing costs.

Prices Continue Moderating

The survey showed input costs continued rising but at a slower pace than seen over the past two years.

Many manufacturers reported better availability of raw materials and improved supply chains compared with earlier periods.

While pricing pressures have not disappeared, businesses indicated inflation has become more manageable, allowing companies to better plan production and inventory.

What It Means for the Economy

Manufacturing represents a key component of the U.S. economy, particularly across industrial states.

A rebound in factory activity often signals stronger business investment, increased freight demand and improved confidence among producers.

The stronger July survey also complements other economic reports released this week showing resilient consumer spending and a stable labor market.

If additional regional manufacturing surveys show similar improvement, economists may become more optimistic about industrial growth during the second half of 2026.

Looking Ahead

Manufacturers remain cautiously optimistic despite ongoing uncertainty surrounding interest rates, global trade and geopolitical risks.

Many companies expect business conditions to improve further if customer demand remains steady and inflation continues moderating.

While challenges remain, July’s survey provides one of the strongest indications in recent months that U.S. manufacturing may be regaining momentum.

For businesses across the industrial economy, the latest report offers encouraging evidence that factory activity is beginning to strengthen after a sluggish start to the year.

JBizNews Desk | Philadelphia

© JBizNews.com All Rights Reserved. Reproduction or distribution without written permission is prohibited.

L

Interviews with Jewish communal leaders tend to run on rails. The communications person, the polished quotes, the photographer, and six months later nothing has moved.

Gary Torgow shows up alone and speaks so softly you lean in.

Several meetings with the Jewish Federations of North America chairman over the past few years leave the same impression. He hosts people from across Detroit’s Jewish community in his home, Orthodox and Reform, big donors and young couples, and somehow all of them have a real relationship with him. People call him a mensch, and in that world the word is not handed out for free. What they mention next, usually with some wonder, is that this soft-spoken man can get almost anyone in America on the phone. You will never hear that from him, and you will never see a photo of the meeting.

He rarely gives interviews. When he does, it’s because he wants to move something for the Jewish people, not because he wants to be seen. So when he agreed to answer questions from The Jerusalem Post, the real question was what he wanted to move.

It turns out to be big. Over the past year, Torgow has lined up money for Jewish day schools from two governments at once.

Washington and Jerusalem

The American side first. The tax law US President Donald Trump signed in July 2025 created something that has never existed before: a federal tax credit for scholarship donations. Starting in January 2027, any taxpayer can give up to $1,700 to a scholarship granting organization and deduct every dollar of it from their federal tax bill. The scholarships go to families earning under 300% of their area’s median income, which covers most day school families.

JFNA is building a national scholarship organization to point that money at Jewish schools. That build is not Torgow’s alone; the day-to-day operation runs through the organization’s president and CEO, Eric Fingerhut, and the division of labor between them is the classic one done right: the chairman opens the doors, and the professional staff builds what walks through them.

It’s worth being precise about what this is, because it is not charity. The $1,700 is money the taxpayer already owes the government. The credit simply lets them decide that it educates a child instead. Nobody is asked to give anything, only to redirect, and that distinction is the whole ballgame: appeals for generosity have limits, but this one asks for a signature.

“This should be an easy victory for education,” Torgow said, “by utilizing taxes that are owed directly to the Federal government, and shifting them legally into the coffers of education for all of our children.”

Then, on June 28, the Israeli cabinet unanimously approved a NIS 200 million first-year plan to strengthen Jewish education in the Diaspora, in partnership with JFNA. Torgow and Fingerhut sat in the cabinet room together for the vote. Pause on that, because it quietly reverses a century of Jewish geography. For a hundred years the money flowed from the Diaspora to Israel. This is money flowing the other way, from a country at war, on the theory that a Jewish school in New Jersey is now a strategic asset.

The government’s own numbers explain why: 1.8 million Jewish school-age children live in the United States. Only a small fraction of them sit in a Jewish classroom, and that fraction is overwhelmingly Orthodox. The real target of both funding streams is the majority of American Jewish families who never seriously priced a day school, because everyone already knew the answer.

Anyone who has covered cabinet decisions about the Diaspora knows that most of them die somewhere between the press release and the budget. This one has a real partner on the other side of the ocean, and it did not come out of nowhere. Torgow chaired the steering committee of Mosaic United, the government’s earlier Diaspora vehicle, so he knew his way around these corridors long before the vote.

The awkward part

There’s a problem with the American money, and the Post put it to him directly. The tax credit is a school choice program from a Trump law that most American Jews opposed. Teachers’ unions hate it. Two Democratic senators want it repealed. States have to opt in, and so far the map mostly follows party lines, though Colorado’s Jared Polis joined and New York’s Kathy Hochul says she will. JFNA is lobbying Democratic governors. So how do you ask liberal Jews to claim a Trump win?

“We aren’t asking anyone to claim victory; we only ask that they embrace our shared responsibility,” he said. The law, he insisted, “reflects the support for education across the political spectrum.”

Everyone who has sat through a federation gala knows that answer. Usually it’s a dodge. With Torgow it’s less clear, because he has spent his whole life on both sides of lines other people don’t cross. He’s the Orthodox yeshiva president who chaired the NAACP’s Fight for Freedom Fund Dinner and holds its Lifetime Achievement Award.

He raised $250 million for Detroit neighborhoods while running Yeshiva Beth Yehudah, the city’s largest Jewish day school. Maybe he actually believes the aisle is crossable, because he keeps crossing it.

Fingerhut, who has partnered with him since he took the chair a year ago, said at the time that the federation system “could not be more fortunate” to have Torgow at the helm at a moment of historic antisemitism and surging Jewish engagement. A year in, the assessment is holding up.

What’s driving him is not subtle. “In light of the significant rise in antisemitism,” he said, “it has become more clear every day that a critical antidote to this terrible scourge is by providing our next generation with the tools to stand as proud, educated and engaged Jewish citizens.”

He’s right about the antidote. And it’s worth saying honestly that the tuition crisis is not new. Every commission and task force has named it for forty years, and the wealthiest Jewish community in history never fixed it. Whether this is the moment that changes, nobody knows yet. But it is the first time federal money, Israeli money, and a chairman who can work both systems have shown up in the same year.

The stipend from Heaven

Asked what he would tell a parent looking at the tax credit for the first time, he didn’t offer numbers. He offered the Talmud. Tractate Beitzah teaches that a person’s income is set each year on the High Holy Days, except for what he spends on Shabbat, the festivals, and his children’s Torah education. That spending, Torgow said, is “a fully additional stipend from Heaven.” Every dollar spent on Jewish education “will be fully reimbursed by the Almighty.”

He has written two books, and neither is about him. One is about his grandfather, M. Manuel Merzon, who came to America from Russia alone at 16. The other is about Rabbi Avrohom Abba Freedman, the Detroit rabbi he learned Torah with for 30 years. Asked what that says about how he understands leadership, he gave the lesson those two men left him: “None of the important work we will do in our lives is for or about ourselves.” He even hid his grandfather inside the name of his first bank. Talmer. Merzon.

And what needs to be true when his grandchildren ask what he did as chairman at this moment in Jewish history? He answered with two Hebrew words before anything else: Kiddush Hashem, the sanctification of God’s name.

The date he chose

In the cabinet room on June 28, after the vote, Torgow told the ministers how this actually began. He first pressed Netanyahu on Israeli investment in Diaspora Jewish education at a private meeting on July 5, 2022. He picked the date deliberately: the sixth of Tammuz, the yahrzeit of the prime minister’s brother Yoni. Then he waited. It took four years, a war, and the worst wave of antisemitism in living memory for the idea to come back around the table.

The Government Press Office photographed him that morning, standing among the ministers beside the prime minister. It is one of the few pictures of him you will find anywhere.

He didn’t share it. He never does.

This post was originally published on here. 

Some writers complain of an occasional mental block. I suffer from a bottleneck. Every week, there are so many topics rivaling for attention and column inches that it’s a struggle to decide which one should come out first, and hard to control the flow of ideas – or stream of consciousness – that inevitably follows.

Several of last week’s stories spilled over into this week. Rahm Emanuel’s carefully crafted speech at Tel Aviv University, followed by multiple media interviews, was acknowledged as his opening bid for the Democratic presidential nomination. He warned Israel: “You don’t have a problem with the Democratic Party. You have an America problem.”

As Micha Danzig put it in The Algemeiner, “Emanuel isn’t a principled man bucking his party’s drift. He’s a cynic chasing it… A friend does not import the vocabulary of Israel’s worst-faith accusers and call it ‘tough love.’”

If Emanuel’s trip was well-scripted, the visit by Democrat Californian Congressman Ro Khanna was well-staged. He knew that making an uncoordinated visit to “the West Bank” (Judea and Samaria) would end up in a confrontation. And if he didn’t know, then certainly his guide from the Breaking the Silence movement did. That’s the point of these visits – create a provocation and film the consequences. The “settlers” fall for it every time. And Israel is paying the price.

As Jerusalem Post editor-in-chief Zvika Klein noted, Khanna’s story about being detained by settlers and soldiers grew with every retelling, but in a TikTok world, the facts don’t matter. If you repeat the buzzwords “genocide,” “apartheid,” and “colonialism,” you can get away with murder.

If the so-called Squad, Emanuel, and Khanna are the face of America’s future, it doesn’t bode well for the world at large.

Emanuel and Khanna made the sudden death this week of South Carolina Senator Lindsey Graham an even more painful loss. A true friend of Israel – not Emanuel’s fake version – Graham’s support sprang from a deep devotion to Israel’s survival rather than his political survival. He also had a real awareness of the dangers of the Russian-Iranian-Chinese axis.

The chants “Death to America” and “Death to Israel” that accompanied the funeral in Iran of supreme leader Ali Khamenei were part of the ritual. The procession that passed through multiple locations, both in Iran and in neighboring Iraq, took place some five months after he was assassinated at the start of February’s joint US-Israel operation. Iranian sources claimed more than 15 million attended the funeral parade.

Iranian missiles and drones continued to pound targets, mainly US military assets, across the Gulf States and Jordan this week, while Iran’s Houthi proxy attacked Saudi Arabia. Together with Iranian piracy in the Strait of Hormuz, the attacks show that peace is not around the corner. Allowing the Islamic Republic to develop nuclear weapons and ballistic missiles would be suicidal.

Among the stories jostling for attention, a special place is reserved for the reports, initially published in The New York Times, that Israel planned to replace Ali Khamenei with former Iranian president Mahmoud Ahmadinejad, utilizing a Kurdish uprising. The plan, reportedly cultivated over several years, reached the stage where Ahmadinejad met with then-Mossad chief David Barnea in Hungary but later got cold feet. He was last seen at Khamenei’s funeral. It’s understandable if he cried there.

It’s hard to determine how much of the plot is truth and how much fiction, but after Israel’s extraordinary eradication of the Hezbollah terrorist organization’s top cadre in the September 2024 Pager Operation, anything is possible.

I frequently warn that regime change shouldn’t be carried out without a known successor, but Holocaust-denier Ahmadinejad does not spring to mind as the best candidate. I’m also not alone in wondering who leaked the story, why, and what was the significance in the timing.

The Middle East’s dangerous power games

There was another noteworthy funeral this week following the death of Qatar’s former leader Sheikh Hamad bin Khalifa Al Thani. By chance, Israel’s public broadcaster KAN had just released an episode in its Enemies series dedicated to the most powerful woman in the Middle East: Sheikha Moza bint Nasser. She is the late sheikh’s widow and mother of the current emir, Sheikh Tamim bin Hamad Al Thani, who ascended to power after his father’s abdication in 2013.

The program showed how the photogenic and stylish Sheikha Moza, as a co-founder and head of Qatar Foundation, puts the presentable face on the tiny country’s tactics of buying friends and influence through its gifts, endowments, and, of course, its media network Al Jazeera. Qatar’s double game has enabled it to be perceived as philanthropic while simultaneously pushing its religious extremist agenda.

Two quick takeaways from the program: the first, that Qatari money and support contributed to the Hamas invasion and mega-atrocity of October 7, 2023, and the second, that Qatar continues to offer sanctuary to the Hamas leadership.

Turkey’s leader Recep Tayyip Erdogan played the host at last week’s NATO summit in Ankara, but he also helps Hamas and doesn’t hide his Islamist colors. Erdogan last month declared: “Zionism threatens not only me, not only our party, and not only our alliance, but everyone.” In a CNN interview ahead of the summit, Turkish Foreign Minister Hakan Fidan said: “These people [Israelis] have become a burden that humanity can no longer bear.”

When US President Donald Trump accepted a $400 million plane from Qatar, he ignored the strings that came with the gift-wrapping – and continued to promote Qatar as an ostensibly neutral mediator with Iran. Trump is now considering granting Turkey the F-35s fighter jets it covets. 

Israel, of course, is not alone in perceiving the threat from Erdogan’s longings for a renewed Ottoman Empire; Greece and Cyprus are also anxious (especially as Turkey still occupies Northern Cyprus after its 1974 invasion), and Turkish and Russian meddling in Syria should not be ignored.

Granting Turkey and Qatar a role in rebuilding Gaza – destroyed due to the murderous Hamas regime they support – will not be constructive in any other sense of the word.

The 2026 FIFA World Cup has provided some global distraction. The Norwegians won hearts as the team’s “Viking row” went viral – although why the world today thinks violent Viking colonialism is cute is food for thought.

Looking into the Norwegian success, I came across a darker story in Politico. Norway – the country that gave the world the term Quisling and the Oslo Accords – is struggling to get Israel ousted from FIFA using the usual slogans à la Rahm Emanuel. The Norwegian Football Federation doesn’t seem to have a problem with Palestinian Football Association head Jibril Rajoub, a convicted terrorist-turned-functionary who is also calling for Israel’s removal (and preferably Israel’s destruction).

So many stories, so little space. The decision by outgoing British Prime Minister Keir Starmer to designate Iran’s Islamic Revolutionary Guard Corps a threat to national security is overdue but welcome, especially accompanied by a boost in funding to counter antisemitism. 

Yet, this week, the Church of England’s General Synod voted in favor of a motion “to hear” the so-called Kairos II document. Tellingly titled “A Moment of Truth: Faith in a Time of Genocide,” it accuses Israel of being a “racist,” “colonial enterprise,” and carrying out “genocide” in Gaza. The document also voices opposition to the Abraham Accords and objects to Christian Zionism. So much for world peace.

There was a certain irony in the rejection of Israel as a Jewish state coming this week – as we enter the Nine Days leading up to Tisha B’Av, the Ninth of Av on the Hebrew calendar. It’s a day of mourning that commemorates the destruction of the First and Second Temples in Jerusalem.

Israel is not an implanted Western colony, as the pro-Palestinian forces would have the world believe. On the contrary, our indigenous roots here as Jews go back millennia, centuries before Christianity was created and the even later birth of Mohammed and Islam (and well before the Vikings rowed and rampaged their way to new lands).

We beat a different tune to those suddenly beloved Vikings, but unlike them, our ancestors would still recognize our religion, language, and culture (and the Jew-hatred they elicit). Of all the things I could write about, Jewish ties to Jerusalem and the survival of the Jewish people and civilization is the most important story. 

This post was originally published on here. 

There are few moments in a nation’s history when its citizens can watch events unfold in real time and say they witnessed their own government knowingly, deliberately, and willingly weaken the country.

That is exactly what this government has done over the past few days by passing two laws designed to allow ultra-Orthodox (haredi) Israelis to continue evading military service while shielding them from the consequences of breaking the law.

The first is the Basic Law that elevates Torah study to a national value on par with military service. The second, passed Tuesday night, effectively prevents draft evaders from being arrested despite existing laws requiring them to serve. 

Together, these laws, backed by Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu’s coalition, send a devastating message.

At a moment when the IDF says it is short nearly 15,000 soldiers, reservists have served hundreds of days with no end in sight, and Israel’s enemies are rebuilding in Gaza, Lebanon, and Iran, this is about far more than equality before the law.

It weakens the military, erodes the social contract, and once again places narrow political interests ahead of Israel’s national security.

What is hard to swallow is just how close the parallels are to the judicial overhaul. 
After October 7, Netanyahu repeatedly argued that no one had warned him Hamas was preparing for war or that Israel’s internal divisions were creating dangerous vulnerabilities. We now know that was not true. 

The head of Military Intelligence’s Research Division at the time had sent him a number of letters warning exactly this, and the IDF chief of staff then, Herzi Halevi, famously tried to meet with Netanyahu just before the Knesset voted on a key judicial overhaul, but was rebuffed. 

Shin Bet (Israel Security Agency) chief Ronen Bar also warned that Israel’s enemies saw Israel’s domestic crisis as a sign of weakness.

Those warnings were all ignored, and the consequences are well known – an attack that was the darkest day in Israel’s history, followed by three years of war that still do not seem to have a clear ending.

I am not suggesting that these draft laws will lead to another October 7. But there is no ambiguity – the warnings are not buried inside classified letters. Instead, they are being delivered publicly by the IDF itself.

The military has been saying for months that it does not have enough soldiers. The number – nearly 15,000 – is staggering. 

Reservists continue to carry the burden of this war despite having already served hundreds of days, leaving behind businesses, careers, and families while answering call-up after call-up because the country needs them.

But instead of doing what it can to alleviate the burden, the government’s response is to extend compulsory service for those already serving and ask reservists to continue carrying the load.

This is despite the fact that tens of thousands of healthy young Israelis who are capable of serving remain outside the system simply because they are haredi.

Instead of bringing them into the army, this government is doing everything possible to cement their exemption.

This debate is not about faith or observance. A person can value Torah learning while also understanding that everyone needs to serve in the IDF. 

There have been countless examples of deeply religious soldiers studying Talmud inside tanks, teaching Torah classes from the battlefields of Gaza and Lebanon, and combining strict, serious religious commitment with meaningful military service.

Torah learning has preserved the Jewish people for thousands of years and remains one of the foundations of Israeli society, but it does not stand alone. No society can survive without sharing in the burden of the collective. That is what the haredim refuse to accept.

Politics over national security

Netanyahu knows all this. So do the members of his coalition who voted for the two laws this week. They also know that their Likud and Religious Zionist Party voters do not support giving the ultra-Orthodox a continued exemption from service.

The problem is that Netanyahu’s overriding objective today is not about what is right for the country. It is about preserving his political bloc for the day after the election on October 27.
 
Every concession made to United Torah Judaism and Shas is designed to ensure that those parties remain loyal to him when recommendations are made to the president and the race to form Israel’s next government begins.

I know that a lot of people think that this is impossible because both former prime minister Naftali Bennett and Yashar party leader Gadi Eisenkot have promised they will not sit with the ultra-Orthodox and that they will make sure to pass the necessary laws to draft them.

That is all true right now. But in the aftermath of an election, if Eisenkot and Bennett have the opportunity to sever the ultra-Orthodox alliance with Netanyahu and bring the haredim into a coalition, they will potentially do so.

Even if some voters are upset that they have reneged and backtracked on their promise, it will be accepted and swallowed because it will lead to the removal of Netanyahu from office.

At the end of the day, the voters who support Eisenkot, Bennett, and Lapid do so mostly because of their desire to remove Netanyahu. How do I know this? 

Think back to the so-called “change government” formed by Bennett and opposition leader Yair Lapid in 2021, and ask why that government, which did not have ultra-Orthodox members, did not draft yeshiva students?

The answer is because, in his heart, Bennett hoped that one day he would be able to bring the ultra-Orthodox into the government. He hoped that he could sever the alliance that Netanyahu had forged with them, and therefore, he didn’t want to ruin his chances. 

So, he refused to take the steps then that were necessary to draft them.

Now, though, what makes this moment so troubling is that the government knows exactly what is at stake. This is after October 7. No one can claim they do not understand the potential consequences.

For decades, Israeli governments have operated on one basic principle: security comes first. Coalition agreements, budgets, and legislation were ultimately expected to serve the needs of the defense establishment.

Here, the opposite has happened. These laws may help Netanyahu preserve his coalition and improve his chances of remaining prime minister after the election, but that is not what leadership is meant to be about. 

Leadership is supposed to be about making difficult decisions for the good of the country, even when they carry political costs. What we saw this week is the opposite: sacrificing the country’s interests for short-term political survival.

October 7 taught Israel the price of ignoring clear warnings. Today, the IDF is warning, publicly and clearly, that it does not have enough soldiers and that these laws will only make that shortage worse.

No one will be able to say today that they didn’t know the price of their actions. And if the consequences come, history will record that this time the government knew exactly what it was doing.

The writer is a co-founder of the MEAD Forum, a senior fellow at the Jewish People Policy Institute, and the former editor-in-chief of The Jerusalem Post. His latest book (with Amir Bohbot), While Israel Slept, is a bestseller in the United States.

This post was originally published on here. 

Catholic Health and GE HealthCare announced Thursday, July 16, a 10-year strategic partnership valued at approximately $500 million that will bring more than 1,300 pieces of medical technology to hospitals and outpatient facilities across Long Island.

The agreement, structured as a long-term Care Alliance, represents one of the largest health technology modernization projects announced in the New York metropolitan region this year. It is designed to expand patient access to advanced imaging, precision diagnostics, monitoring systems and artificial intelligence-supported healthcare tools while creating a unified system for maintaining and replacing equipment across Catholic Health’s network.

The partnership will cover Catholic Health hospitals and ambulatory locations throughout Nassau and Suffolk counties, bringing new technology closer to patients who might otherwise need to travel farther for specialized testing or treatment.

The planned equipment expansion includes advanced imaging and diagnostic technologies used in radiology, cardiology, oncology, surgery and other areas of patient care. Artificial intelligence will also be deployed across scheduling, clinical operations, diagnostic workflows and patient monitoring.

For Catholic Health, the agreement is not simply an equipment purchase. The organization is entering a decade-long relationship that combines technology installation with maintenance, service support, workforce training and long-term planning.

That approach is intended to reduce one of the most persistent operational challenges facing large hospital systems: managing medical devices from different generations, manufacturers and service schedules while trying to maintain consistent care across multiple locations.

Under the partnership, Catholic Health will be able to coordinate equipment upgrades across its network rather than replacing machines individually as they become outdated or unreliable. The system is expected to help administrators better anticipate maintenance needs, improve equipment availability and reduce interruptions caused by aging technology.

The investment could also expand the number of procedures that can be performed at community hospitals and outpatient centers rather than at the system’s largest facilities.

That matters on Long Island, where population growth, an aging demographic and rising demand for outpatient care have placed increasing pressure on hospital capacity. Patients frequently face long waits for specialized imaging, and hospitals must balance the need for expensive new technology against competing staffing and infrastructure costs.

By adding equipment throughout the network, Catholic Health is seeking to make services more accessible while improving the consistency of care available across different communities.

The agreement also reflects a broader transformation underway in the healthcare industry. Hospitals are moving away from purchasing isolated pieces of equipment and toward long-term partnerships that combine hardware, software, data analysis, artificial intelligence and technical support.

Medical technology companies increasingly view these arrangements as a way to build recurring business relationships with health systems while helping hospitals plan capital spending over longer periods.

For healthcare providers, the model can reduce uncertainty by establishing a schedule for equipment replacement, upgrades and maintenance. It may also help hospitals avoid sudden capital expenses when critical machines fail or become obsolete.

Artificial intelligence will be a major part of the Catholic Health initiative, although the technology is expected to support clinicians and hospital operations rather than replace medical professionals.

AI-enabled systems can help prioritize imaging studies, identify abnormalities that require urgent review, automate measurements, assist physicians in comparing current and previous scans and reduce administrative work.

The technology can also be used outside the examination room. Hospitals are deploying AI to coordinate appointments, predict demand, manage patient flow, monitor equipment performance and identify operational bottlenecks.

When implemented effectively, those systems can shorten waiting times and allow nurses, technicians and physicians to spend more time directly caring for patients.

The Catholic Health agreement includes AI capabilities operating at several levels. Some will be embedded directly into medical devices. Others will assist individual hospital departments or connect information across the broader health system.

That integrated structure is important because many hospitals still operate with fragmented technology systems that do not communicate smoothly with each other. A hospital may have advanced imaging equipment but still rely on separate scheduling, maintenance and patient-record systems.

The 10-year arrangement is intended to create a more coordinated technology environment while allowing Catholic Health to continue updating its systems as new medical tools become available.

The partnership also gives GE HealthCare a major long-term presence in one of the country’s largest healthcare markets. Long Island is home to nearly three million residents and several competing hospital systems that are investing heavily in outpatient care, advanced diagnostics and digital health.

GE HealthCare said the alliance is designed to improve equipment reliability, operational efficiency and consistency of care. Catholic Health said the investment will help deliver advanced services closer to where patients live.

The agreement comes as hospitals nationwide confront higher labor expenses, costly construction projects and increasing demand for sophisticated medical technology. At the same time, many health systems are under pressure to control costs and move more services away from traditional hospital settings.

Outpatient imaging and diagnostic centers have become especially important because they can often provide services more conveniently and at a lower cost than hospital-based departments.

Catholic Health’s decision to distribute new technology across both hospitals and ambulatory locations suggests the organization is preparing for continued growth in community-based and outpatient care.

The financial impact of the project will extend beyond the two organizations. Medical equipment installation can require construction, electrical work, information technology integration and specialized training. The initiative may create opportunities for contractors, technology vendors, maintenance providers and local healthcare workers throughout the 10-year term.

The size and duration of the partnership also provide Catholic Health with a framework for future expansion. As patient demand changes, the organization will be positioned to add or replace technology without renegotiating an entirely new systemwide strategy.

For Long Island patients, the most visible result will be the arrival of newer equipment and potentially shorter travel distances for advanced care.

The larger test will be whether the investment improves appointment availability, reduces equipment downtime and helps Catholic Health provide the same level of technology across its entire network.

Implementation details, including the timing and locations of the first equipment installations, are expected to emerge as the two organizations begin rolling out the partnership.

JBizNews Desk | New York

© JBizNews.com All Rights Reserved. Reproduction or distribution without written permission is prohibited.

The U.S. Department of Labor reported on Thursday, July 16, that initial applications for unemployment benefits fell by 8,000 to a seasonally adjusted 208,000 for the week ending July 11, the lowest level in 10 weeks and well below economists’ expectations. The latest figures suggest employers continue holding onto workers despite slower hiring and ongoing economic uncertainty. 

The decline comes after claims briefly climbed during late May and mid-June, raising concerns that businesses were becoming more cautious about the economy. Instead, the latest report points to a labor market that continues to show remarkable stability.

Economists had expected approximately 217,000 to 218,000 new claims. The actual figure of 208,000 surprised forecasters and reinforced the view that layoffs remain historically low. 

Hiring Has Slowed, But Employers Continue Retaining Workers

While layoffs remain limited, businesses are also hiring more cautiously.

Economists increasingly describe today’s employment environment as a “slow hire, slow fire” labor market. Companies are adding workers at a slower pace than in previous years, but they are also avoiding significant workforce reductions.

The report showed that continuing claims, which measure the number of people already receiving unemployment benefits, declined by 16,000 to approximately 1.805 million, indicating unemployed workers are still finding jobs at a relatively healthy pace. 

Businesses Still Struggle to Find Skilled Workers

The latest employment data aligns with other reports released this week showing that labor shortages remain a challenge in many industries.

The Federal Reserve’s Beige Book found employment continued growing across much of the country, although several regions reported little change. Employers continue reporting difficulty finding qualified technicians, skilled tradespeople and experienced workers.

Small business surveys released this week also showed many employers continue struggling to fill open positions despite slower overall hiring. 

What It Means for Businesses

For employers, the report suggests the labor market remains competitive.

Companies seeking experienced workers may continue facing recruiting challenges even as overall hiring moderates.

For consumers, continued employment stability supports household income and spending, helping explain why retail sales also exceeded expectations during June.

The combination of healthy employment and resilient consumer spending provides additional evidence that the U.S. economy continues expanding despite elevated interest rates and global uncertainty.

Federal Reserve Outlook

The stronger-than-expected claims report may also influence Federal Reserve policymakers.

While inflation has moderated from earlier highs, officials continue monitoring labor market strength when evaluating future interest-rate decisions.

A resilient employment market reduces pressure for immediate rate cuts because policymakers remain focused on ensuring inflation continues moving toward its long-term target.

Most economists expect future inflation reports, employment data and consumer spending figures to play a significant role in determining the Fed’s next policy moves.

Looking Ahead

Although hiring has slowed compared with previous years, employers continue demonstrating confidence by limiting layoffs.

The latest claims report reinforces the view that the labor market remains one of the strongest pillars supporting the U.S. economy.

Businesses, investors and policymakers will now look toward the July employment report for additional confirmation that the labor market continues achieving the difficult balance between slower growth and sustained stability.

JBizNews Desk | Washington

© JBizNews.com All Rights Reserved. Reproduction or distribution without written permission is prohibited.

The summer months in Israel, from June to September, are not only synonymous with the blistering Middle East heat but also with hordes of excited tourists exploring the multitude of ancient and holy sites, soaking up the sun along the Mediterranean shoreline, and enjoying Israel’s renowned cuisine.

But this year, for the third summer in a row, Israel faces a season with very few visitors. Due to the uncertainty of a war that has been raging since October 7, 2023, Israel’s tourism sector is facing what many industry insiders are calling a “catastrophe.”

For this edition of The Jerusalem Report, we wanted to remind readers who have not been to Israel since the war began – as well as those who have managed to visit, and even those who live here – of the many experiences this country still has to offer.

In the cover story, I talk to people in the industry about the challenges they face, as data shows that tourist arrivals are down to less than a third of what they were during the same months in 2023.

The Report’s staff writer, Chani Kaplan, visits Tel Aviv to find a bustling city despite recent Iranian missile strikes and a severe lack of tourists. In another article, Kaplan also delves into Israel’s desert wineries, which were recently recognized collectively as a protected Geographical Indication wine region.

Israeli photographer Shimon Perlstein showcases some of his most stunning images of the region with carefully crafted photographs of the Dead Sea, Jerusalem, and beyond.

Meanwhile, members of The Jerusalem Post and Report staff visit hotels in Tel Aviv, Jerusalem, Tiberias, and Eilat, checking out locations that might be familiar but deserve credit for striving to remain open despite the lack of foreign tourists.

Feature writer Tania Shalom Michaelian outlines 12 lesser-known heritage sites scattered throughout the country that are well worth a visit once you’ve explored the major tourist attractions.

Meanwhile, journalist Shanna Fuld looks at how small businesses in the Western Galilee, which has been under constant fire since October 7, have been working to rebuild their battered tourism industry.

The Post’s Tobias Siegal offers a glimpse into Rehovcharlotte, an initiative that surprises diners with a unique culinary experience. In another article, he profiles a group of young immigrant chefs hoping to break into this competitive yet revered industry.

Moving away from tourism, Aviram Bellaishe, vice president of the Jerusalem Center for Security and Foreign Affairs, takes a deeper look at the US-mediated framework deal signed between Israel and Lebanon last month.

Feature writer Dana Ben Shimon talks to analysts inside Lebanon about the battle to remove Hezbollah from their country, while Andrew Fox, of the UK’s Henry Jackson Society, explains why removing Hezbollah from Lebanese soil is essential to peace and security along Israel’s northern front.

Rounding out the issue, Judah Taub, author of the new book Israel’s Potential: 12 Bold Ideas, explores why Israel is failing to combat one of the newest forms of warfare: drones.

Even with the talk of war still in the air, I do hope our international readers will start thinking about visiting again after reading this issue. And for our local subscribers, maybe you’ll follow some suggestions offered here.

– Ruth Marks Eglash

This post was originally published on here. 

The Military Prosecution for the West Bank filed an indictment on Thursday against Shadi Juma, the terrorist who killed Ido Zoldan in 2007, the IDF spokesperson said in a statement. 

The terrorist was recently released from Palestinian Authority custody and was arrested in Kalkilya on May 26, 2026, during a joint operation by IDF forces and the Shin Bet.

According to the indictment, in November 2007 the defendant and two others devised a plan to carry out a shooting attack against Jewish settlers on a major route.

The defendant and his accomplices reportedly gathered the necessary weapons and prepared the vehicle for the attack.

Juma’s accomplices were indicted in 2008.

The indictment displays Juma’s intent to kill Zoldan

They then set out to look for vehicles driven by Israelis, agreeing to confirm that the victim was Jewish before shooting, the IDF spokesperson explained.

After spotting Zoldan’s car, they approached it in their own vehicle, and one of the accomplices fired at it from close range with the intent to cause death.

Zoldan died as a result of the attack.

The indictment charges Juma with intentionally causing death while acting in concert, which is equivalent to being charged with murder.

This post was originally published on here. 

For decades, the Israeli Right has proudly claimed Ze’ev Jabotinsky as its ideological father. His doctrine of the Iron Wall has been the intellectual foundation of the national camp for more than a century. It was built on one simple truth: Israel can only achieve security when its enemies understand that they cannot defeat it militarily.

That “Iron Wall” was never merely a metaphor, it was a strategic doctrine. It required an army so strong, so resilient and so capable that no enemy would ever believe Israel could be worn down through attrition or intimidation.

This week, the coalition that repeatedly describes itself as “the most right-wing government in Israel’s history” took a sledgehammer to that very doctrine.

By passing legislation that effectively prevents the arrest and prosecution of ultra-Orthodox draft evaders, while simultaneously advancing a Basic Law declaring Torah study a “foundational value” of the State of Israel, the coalition has done something unprecedented. It has chosen to institutionalize military inequality at precisely the moment Israel requires the largest, strongest and most capable army in its history.

This is not a technical legal debate over exemptions. It is a fundamental strategic choice about the future security of the State of Israel.

For years, the Israeli Left argued that Israel should gradually reduce its reliance on military power. Many believed diplomacy, international guarantees and conflict management could replace overwhelming military superiority. 

The Right consistently rejected that approach. We understood the Middle East as it is, not as we wished it to be. We recognized that Israel’s existence depends first and foremost on its ability to defend itself, by itself.

That was the essence of Jabotinsky’s Iron Wall.

Yet today it is a self-proclaimed Right-wing coalition that has embraced a policy whose inevitable consequence is a smaller army, a more overstretched reserve force and a weaker Israel.

The contradiction could not be more glaring.

Manpower shortages will force Israel into an impossible position

The Israel Defense Forces have made their position unmistakably clear. The Chief of Staff, appointed by Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu himself, has repeatedly warned that the IDF faces a severe manpower crisis. 

After years of continuous fighting on multiple fronts, reserve soldiers have served hundreds of days away from their families and businesses. Regular units are stretched thin, new battalions are needed, and existing forces require reinforcement.

These are not political opinions, they are operational realities.

Every exemption granted today means another reservist called up tomorrow.

Every young man who is permanently exempt from service increases the burden on those already carrying it.

Every political compromise made in the coalition room is eventually paid for by soldiers on the battlefield.

Israel today is unlike any period in its history. Hamas remains a threat in Gaza. Hezbollah continues to rebuild its capabilities in Lebanon. Iran openly seeks Israel’s destruction while expanding its regional network of proxies. Syria remains unstable. Terrorism in Judea and Samaria demands an ongoing military presence.

A genuinely right-wing government would understand that these realities demand expanding the IDF, not shrinking the pool of those expected to serve.

Instead, we are moving in precisely the opposite direction.

The result will not simply be longer reserve duty or heavier burdens. It will eventually become a strategic dilemma.

If manpower shortages continue to worsen, Israel may soon be forced to make impossible choices. Do we maintain sufficient forces in Judea and Samaria to protect our communities there? Do we maintain our presence in Lebanon? Do we retain enough combat brigades for operations in Gaza? Or do we simply accept that the IDF cannot simultaneously fulfil every mission expected of it?

These are choices Israel should never have to make.

Yet they are becoming increasingly likely because this coalition has chosen politics over security.

Judiasm balances Torah study and combat

Supporters of these laws insist Torah study contributes to Israel’s security in its own way. Judaism has always recognized the immense spiritual value of Torah learning, and Torah scholars have played an indispensable role in preserving Jewish civilization throughout history.

Our sages understood the balance between learning and combat very well, and the Talmud, the Rambam, and multiple other authorities ruled that in a time of obligatory war, which we face every single day, a bride and groom can be pulled from the bridal canopy.

This example was used specifically by our rabbis to demonstrate the enormity of the need and the immediacy of the moment. 

The tragedy is that this legislation, led by those who claim to be Orthodox Jews, does not merely weaken the IDF, it reforms Jewish law and practice. 

It also fundamentally rewrites the identity of Israel’s national camp.

For over one hundred years, the Right believed military strength was the indispensable foundation upon which every other national aspiration rested. 

Settlement, sovereignty, deterrence and diplomacy all depend on an army capable of defending them.

Without sufficient soldiers, there can be no effective security presence in Judea and Samaria. Without enough combat units, deterrence erodes. Without deterrence, the Iron Wall itself begins to crack.

Jabotinsky understood this better than anyone.

The irony is difficult to ignore. Those who most loudly proclaim themselves guardians of Jabotinsky’s legacy have become the first government in Israel’s history to legislate policies that knowingly reduce the country’s military capacity during wartime.

History will judge this moment harshly.

Not because the coalition reached another political compromise.

Not because another Basic Law was enacted, but because at a defining moment for Israel’s security, it abandoned the central principle that sustained the Zionist Right for generations: that the first responsibility of any government is to ensure the State of Israel possesses an army strong enough to defend every citizen, on every border, against every threat.

That was Jabotinsky’s Iron Wall.

This coalition has not strengthened it.

It has broken it.

The writer is a Member of Knesset and Yisrael Beytenu Knesset Faction Chairman.

This post was originally published on here. 

A suspected attempted car ramming took place on Friday near the Tarqumiyah crossing, north of Hebron, in the West Bank.

A driver reportedly attempted to run over police officers operating at a planned checkpoint and fled into the West Bank.

IDF forces are searching the area for the suspect.

This is a developing story.

This post was originally published on here. 

Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Co. (TSMC) reported record second-quarter earnings on Thursday, July 16, posting a 77% year-over-year increase in net profit to NT$706.6 billion (approximately US$22 billion), easily surpassing analyst expectations as global demand for artificial intelligence chips continued to accelerate. The results, announced by the company and confirmed during its quarterly earnings release, also included a higher full-year revenue outlook as TSMC cited sustained demand from AI infrastructure customers. 

The performance reinforces TSMC’s position as the world’s most important semiconductor manufacturer, producing advanced chips used by many of the largest technology companies, including Nvidia, Apple and AMD.

The company reported second-quarter revenue of NT$1.27 trillion, another company record, reflecting continued demand for advanced manufacturing technologies used in AI accelerators, high-performance computing and premium smartphones. Advanced process technologies of 7 nanometers and below accounted for approximately 77% of wafer revenue, highlighting the industry’s rapid migration toward more sophisticated chip designs. 

AI Continues to Fuel Historic Growth

The biggest driver behind TSMC’s performance remains artificial intelligence.

Cloud computing providers, enterprise AI developers and technology companies continue ordering enormous quantities of advanced processors to support expanding AI infrastructure.

That demand has translated directly into higher production volumes for TSMC’s most advanced manufacturing nodes, including its 3-nanometer technology while preparations continue for broader commercialization of its next-generation 2-nanometer process.

The company also continues expanding its advanced chip packaging capacity, another area experiencing exceptionally strong demand as AI processors become increasingly complex.

Executives said AI-related business continues growing substantially faster than many traditional semiconductor markets.

Raising the Outlook

Along with reporting record earnings, TSMC increased its full-year outlook.

Management now expects 2026 revenue growth exceeding 40%, up from its previous forecast of approximately 30%, reflecting stronger-than-anticipated demand from AI customers. 

The company also increased its expected capital expenditures to between US$60 billion and US$64 billion as it expands manufacturing capacity to meet customer demand.

Those investments include continued expansion in Taiwan as well as construction of multiple fabrication facilities in Arizona.

Earlier this year, TSMC announced plans to increase its long-term U.S. investment commitment to approximately US$265 billion, making it one of the largest foreign manufacturing investments in American history. 

Strong Results, Mixed Market Reaction

Despite the record earnings report, investors remained cautious.

Technology shares broadly weakened during Thursday’s trading session as markets questioned whether massive AI-related capital spending across the semiconductor industry can continue indefinitely.

Some investors focused less on current demand and more on future spending levels required to support continued expansion.

The reaction reflected broader concerns throughout the semiconductor sector, where expectations have become exceptionally high after multiple years of rapid AI-driven growth. 

Why Businesses Are Watching

TSMC’s earnings extend far beyond one company’s quarterly results.

The manufacturer sits at the center of the global semiconductor supply chain, producing chips that power artificial intelligence systems, smartphones, autonomous vehicles, cloud computing, industrial automation and advanced defense technologies.

Its financial performance often serves as one of the clearest indicators of worldwide technology investment.

Strong results suggest corporations continue making substantial investments in AI infrastructure despite broader economic uncertainty.

For suppliers, equipment manufacturers and software developers, continued growth at TSMC represents additional evidence that AI-related capital spending remains robust.

At the same time, the company’s expanding capital expenditures underscore the enormous costs required to maintain leadership in advanced semiconductor manufacturing.

Building and equipping a modern fabrication plant can require tens of billions of dollars before a single chip is produced.

Looking Ahead

TSMC enters the second half of 2026 with substantial momentum.

Demand for AI processors continues exceeding available manufacturing capacity in several advanced technologies, while new investments in the United States and Taiwan position the company for additional expansion over the coming years.

The primary question for investors is no longer whether artificial intelligence is driving semiconductor demand—it clearly is.

Instead, attention is shifting toward whether that extraordinary pace of investment can continue long enough to justify today’s historic valuations throughout the global AI ecosystem.

For now, TSMC’s latest results suggest the AI boom remains firmly intact.

JBizNews Desk | Taipei

© JBizNews.com All Rights Reserved. Reproduction or distribution without written permission is prohibited.

Why Gadi Eisenkot distanced himself from Yitzhak Yosef’s embrace, and what that says about the changing fault lines of Israeli politics

Former chief rabbi and Shas spiritual leader Rabbi Yitzhak Yosef offered Yashar Party head Gadi Eisenkot a political bear hug on Saturday night. Throughout the week, Eisenkot worked carefully to loosen the grip.

To understand Eisenkot’s tepid reaction – and how what would have been a political asset in the 1990s has become an electoral liability today – is to understand how profoundly Israeli politics has changed.

“Due to our many sins, we are in a secular, non-haredi state,” Yosef bemoaned during his weekly religious sermon. “We pray that everyone repents. There are those who will repent; there are those who won’t.”

Then came the surprise.

Shas may support Eisenkot as the next prime minister

Yosef, whose party has been a core pillar of Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu’s right-wing bloc for decades, declared there was “not a chance” that Netanyahu might “repent.” Of Eisenkot, however, he mused, “perhaps he will.”

Yosef went so far as to suggest that Shas could support Eisenkot as the next prime minister.

“Gadi Eisenkot is a good person, a warm Jew; he loves those who study Torah,” Yosef said, gleaning personal anecdotes from an interview Eisenkot had recently given the haredi website Kikar Hashabbat. “His grandmother voted Shas and wanted him to be a rabbi; while that didn’t happen, you could trust him.”

By contrast, Yosef blasted Netanyahu, who spent the week pushing through highly controversial legislation demanded by Shas leader Arye Deri to freeze the arrest of haredi draft evaders. “Netanyahu cheated us on the conscription law,” he said. “He cannot be trusted; he’s a liar.”

Electoral gold, right? The spiritual leader of a party projected to win eight seats – enough, according to many polls, to push an Eisenkot-led coalition over the 61-seat threshold – was publicly signaling openness to replacing Netanyahu.

In another era, prime ministerial aspirants would have celebrated.

When Shimon Peres battled Netanyahu in the 1990s, a public blessing from a leading haredi rabbi was the sort of breakthrough campaign strategists dreamed about. Labor and Likud leaders alike made highly publicized pilgrimages to the homes of haredi rabbis, donning kippot, asking for blessings, and treating an endorsement as a massive political victory.

But not today.

Asked on Channel 12 on Wednesday about Yosef’s remarks, Eisenkot quickly distanced himself from them.

“I saw them in the media,” he said coldly, adding that he hadn’t met Yosef in a decade.

He was even more emphatic in dismissing reports of contacts with the haredi parties. “I am not flirting with them,” he said. “I haven’t seen a single Shas MK over the past year. I haven’t seen one, and I haven’t spoken to one.”

This response reflects the profound shift in the issues shaping Israeli elections.

In the 1990s, many centrist and left-wing voters prioritized the Oslo Accords and the peace process; they grumbled about “religious coercion” and funding for yeshivot, but those concerns generally took a back seat to diplomacy. Coalition math was coalition math, and if Shas was needed to advance the peace process, many accepted the necessity.

Today, however, the defining fault line has moved.

Much of Eisenkot’s potential electorate – including many of the soft-right voters he hopes to attract – view haredi conscription as a top priority, often because they and their children are paying a high personal price for this lack of conscription.

Against that backdrop, any hint of a deal would fuel accusations that Eisenkot is ready to trade away IDF draft reform for political gain.

This is especially true given Yosef’s own record. He has argued not only that yeshiva students should remain exempt from military service, but that even haredim who are not studying full-time should not be drafted. He has urged recipients of draft notices to throw them into the toilet and suggested that if ultra-Orthodox men are forced into the army, they should emigrate.

For a candidate whose campaign revolves around the need to repair Israel after October 7 – including addressing the manpower crisis in the IDF – embracing Yosef’s endorsement wouldn’t be a bridge to power. Instead, it would be instantly weaponized by political rivals as a modern-day “stinking maneuver” – a callback to Peres’s infamous, failed 1990 attempt to bring down a unity government through secret, backroom deals with the haredi parties.

Yet distancing himself from Shas is not the same as ruling it out, and that distinction lies at the heart of Eisenkot’s political strategy.

Eisenkot said in the Channel 12 interview that he would rule out as a coalition partner any party that rejects the principle of military, national, or civilian service. But that means the converse is also true: he would form a government with parties that accept those principles, including the haredi and Arab parties if they accept those rules of engagement.

That position immediately distinguishes him from one of his most natural coalition partners, Yisrael Beytenu chairman Avigdor Liberman, who has repeatedly declared that he will not sit with either the haredi or Arab parties.

‘We will establish a Zionist, statesmanlike government’

Eisenkot, by contrast, is being extraordinarily careful not to box himself in.

For instance, in the Kikar Hashabbat interview, he was asked directly whether he would establish a government dependent on Arab parties.

“We will establish a Zionist, statesmanlike government,” he said, sidestepping the issue.

Pressed three separate times, he dodged the issue three separate times. Finally, the interviewer, Yishai Cohen, asked: “If you have to choose between relying on the Arab parties or on the haredi parties, which would you prefer?”

Again, Eisenkot declined the invitation.

Instead, he outlined three principles that, he said, would determine coalition eligibility.

First, recognition of Israel as the nation-state of the Jewish people with a solid Jewish majority. Second, acceptance of the principles embodied in the Declaration of Independence. Third, acceptance of the obligation to serve – whether in the IDF or through National Service.

“I say this both to the haredim and to the Arabs,” he added.

The answer was revealing not because it answered the question, but because it didn’t. It left every political door open.

The same pattern emerged in the Channel 12 interview when Dana Weiss asked if he would unequivocally say he will not sit with Netanyahu.

Netanyahu, Eisenkot said, along with “all the other members of his security cabinet,” is “not fit to hold any leadership position” in Israel. Pressed to give a “yes or no answer,” he demurred. “It’s a question I don’t even need to answer.”

Wrong, it’s less a question he doesn’t need to answer than one he does not want to answer.

And for understandable reasons. Why voluntarily reduce your coalition options months before an election whose outcome remains impossible to predict?

Naftali Bennett provides a cautionary tale.

Before the 2021 election, Bennett repeatedly promised not to form a government with Yair Lapid or rely on Mansour Abbas’s Ra’am Party. He even signed a written pledge to that effect.

After the election, political reality forced him to do precisely that. Five years later, many voters on the soft Right still cite that reversal as evidence that he cannot be trusted.

Eisenkot appears determined not to repeat the mistake. He is allowing himself maximum flexibility before Election Day, knowing that the coalition math after the votes are counted may look very different from today’s polling.

That strategy also invites inevitable comparisons with the last former IDF chief of staff to enter politics amid enormous public expectations: Benny Gantz.

Much has already been written comparing Eisenkot to his erstwhile ally, and the similarities are obvious.

Both reached politics after serving as IDF chief of staff. Both entered public life carrying enormous reservoirs of public trust. Both benefited from an electorate inclined to view senior generals as competent, responsible national leaders.

And both saw their parties surge almost immediately in the polls.

But there is also an important difference. When Gantz burst onto the political scene in 2018, much of his appeal rested on ambiguity.

Few voters knew where he stood on many of the central issues confronting the country, and for months he revealed remarkably little. Whether by instinct or by design, he allowed voters to project their own views onto him.

Eisenkot has been considerably less opaque.

For starters, he is not entering politics from scratch, having served three years in the Knesset as a National Unity MK and eight months in Netanyahu’s national-emergency government after Oct. 7.

The public knows considerably more about him than it knew about Gantz in 2019.

Still, Nahum Barnea captured something when he wrote last month in Yediot Aharonot that Eisenkot’s rise is being driven largely by emotion; by an emotional affinity with a former chief of staff, a bereaved father (Eisenkot’s son and two of his nephews were killed in Gaza), a man from the periphery (Eilat), and someone of Moroccan descent.

These are, for many, important emotional markers. But they don’t tell the whole story.

Eisenkot’s appeal may ultimately rest on something deeper than emotion alone.

For three decades, Netanyahu has assembled a political coalition built not only around ideology but also around identity.

His was always a coalition rooted in the periphery, among Mizrahi voters, among traditional Jews, among Israelis who often felt culturally dismissed by the country’s old Ashkenazi Labor establishment and elite.

Eisenkot arrives possessing many of those same cultural credentials. He is Moroccan. He comes from the periphery. He speaks respectfully about Jewish tradition. He served as chief of staff.

Yet politically, he offers something very different from Netanyahu. That may explain why he has focused so much of his campaigning outside Tel Aviv and in the North and South.

It may also explain why, despite his harsh criticism of the government’s performance, he has generally avoided the personal invective against Netanyahu that has become commonplace elsewhere in the opposition.

Eisenkot seems to understand that voters who might consider crossing over from Likud are unlikely to respond to relentless attacks on the man they have supported for years.

The question his campaign appears to be testing is whether identity politics on the Israeli Right can be weakened by a candidate who shares much of that identity while offering a different style of leadership.

Regardless of how the electorate answers that question, Yosef’s embrace – and Eisenkot’s determination to escape it – already tells an important story.

It illustrates not only how one candidate intends to navigate this campaign, but also how profoundly the country’s political map has been redrawn.

This post was originally published on here. 

The fifth book of the Torah, known as Mishneh Torah (“Repetition of the Torah”), is devoted primarily to reviewing the commandments, statutes, and laws that were given to the Jewish people in the four preceding books. 

The Mishneh Torah also contains Moses’ words of rebuke to the nation on the eve of their entry into the Land of Israel, along with his farewell, blessings, and guidance to the people he had led from the Exodus from Egypt to the threshold of the Promised Land.

As part of this process, the Torah describes another act through which Moses prepared the nation for life in the Land of Israel:

“And it came to pass in the fortieth year, in the eleventh month, on the first day of the month… beyond the Jordan, in the land of Moab, Moses began to explain this Torah.” (Deuteronomy 1:3-5)

Rashi comments: “He explained it to them in 70 languages.”

This raises an obvious question. The Jewish people were about to enter their own land and become a nation living on its own soil, united by a single language – the Holy Tongue. Why, then, was it necessary to explain the Torah in 70 languages? Was the language in which the Torah was given not sufficient and fully understood by the entire nation?

Moreover, throughout the generations, the sages of Israel were extremely cautious about translating the Torah into other languages, lest the nations of the world gain access to its deeper secrets.

The translation of the Torah into Greek

One of the tragic dates commemorated in the Jewish calendar marks the day when King Ptolemy compelled the Jewish sages to translate the Torah into Greek. How, then, can it be that Moses himself translated the Torah into all the languages of the world?

The commentary HaKetav VeHaKabbalah (on Deuteronomy) explains:

“The intention is not the languages of the other nations, for what benefit would that have brought Israel? Nor did our sages abandon their own language in favor of another nation’s tongue. Rather, our sages often use the word lashon (‘language’) to mean an intention or interpretation. Thus, ‘70 languages’ refers to 70 interpretations, corresponding to the teaching that ‘the Torah has 70 facets,’ meaning its many inner dimensions beyond its plain meaning.”

According to this explanation, “70 languages” means “70 interpretations,” in keeping with the sages’ well-known teaching that the Torah has “70 faces.” Yet there is a fundamental principle that “Scripture never departs from its plain meaning,” and indeed most commentators understood Rashi literally – that Moses truly explained the Torah in 70 different languages.

The great masters of hassidic thought offer another explanation. Moses foresaw that the Jewish people would endure future exiles. He therefore prepared them for the reality that lay ahead, when they would be scattered among the nations and would need to study the Torah in many different languages so that it would never be forgotten.

Yet even this explanation leaves a question unanswered. Couldn’t the sages of each generation have translated the Torah as the need arose? Why was it necessary for Moses himself to do so specifically at this moment, just before the people entered the Land of Israel?

It seems that a much deeper principle is being taught.

The eternal Torah

One common claim about the Torah is that it is no longer relevant to the realities of modern life. Yet one of the Thirteen Principles of Faith affirms that the Torah is eternal and will never be replaced.

The generation that received the Torah at Mount Sinai knew how to conduct itself in every situation. The Torah, the Torah of Life, provided clear guidance for every question and every challenge. But as the generations pass, languages change, lifestyles evolve, and reality itself takes on new forms. Naturally, one might begin to feel that the Torah belongs to the past and no longer speaks to the present. For this reason, Moses explained the Torah in 70 languages.

This was not merely a matter of translation. It was the gift of the Torah’s eternal ability to speak to every generation in its own language, through its own concepts and within the realities of its own world. In every era, in every place, and under every circumstance, the Torah retains the power to illuminate the path and guide people in how they should live. The Torah itself is one and unchanging, yet its practical message can be expressed anew in every generation.

When Moses translated the Torah into the “language of life” of every generation, each Jew, in every age, is not merely studying a tradition handed down through history. Rather, it is as though he is hearing the words directly from their original source, just as they were given at Sinai.

Just as the first generation knew with certainty how they were meant to live, so too every generation can hear the voice of the Torah speaking directly to the realities of its own time.

This understanding lies at the foundation of every Jew’s faith. God continually renews the work of Creation each and every day, and the very existence of the world rests upon the holy Torah, through whose letters and combinations of letters the world itself was created. It therefore follows that nothing is more relevant than the Torah. Its laws, values, integrity, morality, and the social principles it instills have accompanied humanity throughout the generations. 

As the world continues to advance, it becomes ever clearer that the Torah is indeed a Torah of Life, providing a straight and enduring path for all who embrace it – and nothing could be more relevant.

The writer is rabbi of the Western Wall and Holy Sites.

This post was originally published on here. 

When Jordan Wood vied last fall for the Democratic nomination for Maine’s US Senate seat, he avoided accusing Israel of genocide, citing a link between rising antisemitism and “the language” that people use.

Graham Platner, who went on to overwhelmingly win the nomination, did not stint on using the term. Platner is out after accusations of sexual assault, and Wood is once again running in the abbreviated primary to replace him. (Platner has denied the accusations.)

Now the former congressional staffer is changing his tune, and crediting the shift to Platner.

“I believe we can’t continue to fund Israel’s genocide in Gaza,” Wood wrote on social media last week. “It’s a moral atrocity. We should be using our taxpayer dollars to fund schools, healthcare, and childcare here at home, not on bombing innocent civilians.”

Last November, Wood said he was concerned the word was so loaded as to be dangerous. He told Democratic commentator Kaivan Shroff that he believed Israel has committed war crimes in Gaza, but stopped short of using the term genocide.

Wood credits Platner for his change in attitude towards Israel

“I’ve hesitated on it because I’m also seeing a real rise in antisemitism in the United States,” Wood said then. “My husband is Jewish, and the acts of violence toward Jewish Americans is very much connected to the language that we use.”

It would be “a huge deal for the United States Congress to designate what’s going on in Gaza as a genocide officially,” Wood said 

“There could be consequences to that of US citizens that have served in the IDF,” he said. “Do they get prosecuted?”

Wood’s campaign did not respond to a request for comment on what prompted him to adopt the term, but during a televised debate on Thursday night, Wood credited Platner as the inspiration.

“Graham got into this race saying, ‘This is genocide,’” Wood said. “And I learned that it is so important in these moments to draw those moral lines.”

He added, “I embrace that position now, but I learned it from him.”

Candidates campaign to replace Platner

The Maine Democratic Party has until July 27 to nominate a replacement for Platner, an anti-Israel progressive, in hopes of unseating GOP Sen. Susan Collins. 

Wood, along with major candidates Troy Jackson, Nirav Shah and Shenna Bellows have all accused Israel of having committed genocide since launching their campaigns, underscoring the shrinking popularity of Israel among Democratic voters and their representatives in the wake of its war in Gaza, and perhaps noting Platner’s success in making Israel an issue in the race. 

In an interview this week with The Advocate, Wood criticized the embattled Platner, while saying that he would “carry on that platform” that had energized Maine voters.

“I separate Graham, the movement, from the person,” Wood said. He pointed to issues like conditioning aid to Israel and rejecting corporate PAC and AIPAC money, as priorities that he shared with Platner.

The US needs to use its ‘enormous leverage’ against Israel

Wood told Shroff in November that he would not take money from AIPAC, and added that there is a “huge amount of distrust” of the pro-Israel lobbying organization among Democratic voters.

“I believe the only way to truly prove to a voter that you are voting and prioritizing policies in their best interest, and for our country’s best interest, is to remove any perception of corruption or misdealing,” Wood said.

He has also been consistent in saying that he would vote in support of Bernie Sanders’ resolutions to block the sales of certain weapons to Israel, while maintaining that that shouldn’t mean halting the US-Israel relationship altogether.

“The United States should absolutely have a cooperative relationship with Israel, and I want that relationship to work. But a real partnership is not a blank check,” Wood told Jewish Insider last week. “It comes with honesty and accountability. The United States has enormous leverage with the Israeli government, and we’ve been refusing to use it.”

Wood and a number of other candidates will participate in a televised debate on CNN on Thursday night, ahead of the July 27 nominating convention.

This post was originally published on here. 

British police said on Friday they had charged a 39-year-old man on suspicion of assisting Iran’s intelligence service, the latest in a series of incidents involving Tehran and offenses covered under UK National Security laws.

Police said the suspect, Vahid Aberi, from Liverpool, northern England, was taken to a police station in central England and searches had been carried out at addresses in nearby Birmingham and Liverpool.

UK security officials have repeatedly warned that Iran has sought to use criminal proxies to carry out hostile activity in the country. Since the beginning of the US-Iran war, there have been a number of antisemitic attacks in Britain linked to Iran.

Seeking to use new powers designed to stop the use of state-sponsored proxies, Britain banned support for Iran’s Islamic Revolutionary Guard Corps earlier this week.

On the Aberi investigation, police said they had not identified any direct threat to any community or individual, but said they were having to intervene more frequently to disrupt suspected activity by foreign intelligence services.

“We have seen a significant and sustained increase in the tempo of our work in national security investigations in recent years,” Helen Flanagan, head of counter terrorism policing in London, said in a statement.

Iran rejects claims of being ‘a threat to Britain’

Last week, Britain summoned Iran’s most senior diplomat over the stabbing of an Iranian journalist in London, for which two Romanians were convicted.

In response to being called a threat to Britain, Iran’s embassy in London has previously said it rejected the “unfounded, politically motivated and hostile allegations”.

Aberi will appear in court in London later on Friday.

This post was originally published on here. 

The U.S. Census Bureau reported on Thursday, July 16, that U.S. retail and food services sales increased 0.6% in June, significantly outperforming economists’ expectations and signaling that American consumers continued spending despite elevated interest rates and ongoing economic uncertainty. The stronger-than-expected report provided one of the clearest indications yet that household demand remains resilient heading into the second half of 2026.

Retail sales totaled an estimated $729.9 billion during June, representing a 3.9% increase compared with June 2025. The gains were broad-based, with consumers increasing purchases across numerous categories after softer spending earlier in the spring.

The report immediately drew attention across financial markets because consumer spending accounts for roughly two-thirds of U.S. economic activity, making retail sales one of the government’s most closely watched indicators of economic health.

Broad-Based Consumer Spending

The June increase extended beyond a single industry.

Motor vehicle and parts dealers posted one of the strongest monthly gains as consumers continued purchasing new vehicles despite higher financing costs.

Building materials and garden equipment retailers also reported stronger activity, reflecting continued investment in home improvement projects.

Online retailers remained a major contributor to overall sales growth, underscoring the continued shift toward digital commerce even as brick-and-mortar stores experienced improved customer traffic.

Restaurants and bars also recorded higher receipts, suggesting consumers continued allocating discretionary income toward dining and entertainment.

The combination of stronger spending across durable goods, services and online retail suggested consumer confidence remained healthier than many economists had anticipated.

Consumer Resilience Continues

The latest figures reinforce a trend that has surprised many forecasters throughout the past year.

Despite elevated borrowing costs, persistent inflation in some sectors and uncertainty surrounding global trade, American households have continued supporting economic growth through steady spending.

Strong wage growth and a relatively healthy labor market have helped offset higher prices and financing costs for many families.

While some households remain under financial pressure, aggregate consumer demand has continued exceeding expectations.

Businesses across retail, hospitality and consumer products have increasingly pointed to resilient customer activity during recent earnings reports.

What It Means for Businesses

For retailers, the June report provides encouraging evidence entering the important back-to-school shopping season.

Strong consumer demand benefits companies across numerous industries, including apparel manufacturers, electronics retailers, restaurants, logistics providers and payment companies.

Small businesses may also benefit if stronger household spending continues through the remainder of the summer.

Many retailers have spent the past several months carefully managing inventories amid uncertainty over tariffs, inflation and changing consumer preferences.

The stronger June report could encourage businesses to increase inventory purchases and hiring ahead of the holiday shopping season.

Federal Reserve Implications

The report also carries implications for monetary policy.

A stronger consumer sector may reduce concerns about slowing economic growth while reinforcing expectations that inflationary pressures could remain more persistent than previously anticipated.

Federal Reserve officials continue balancing progress on inflation against the risk of keeping interest rates elevated for too long.

Although one month’s data rarely changes monetary policy by itself, stronger-than-expected retail sales provide additional evidence that the economy remains on solid footing.

Future inflation reports and labor market data will continue playing a larger role in determining the Fed’s next interest-rate decision.

Looking Ahead

Economists will now watch whether June’s improvement represents the beginning of renewed consumer momentum or simply a rebound following weaker spring spending.

The upcoming back-to-school shopping season, continued employment growth and inflation trends will provide important clues about the strength of household demand during the remainder of 2026.

For now, the June retail sales report offers another reminder that the American consumer continues serving as one of the economy’s strongest sources of stability.

JBizNews Desk | Washington

© JBizNews.com All Rights Reserved. Reproduction or distribution without written permission is prohibited.

The childhood home of President Donald Trump in New York found a buyer after it was renovated by a real estate developer over the last year.

Located in the Queens borough of New York City, the Tudor-style home was built by the president’s father, real estate developer Fred Trump, in the affluent neighborhood known as Jamaica Estates in 1940.

The president lived at the home until the age of 4, when the family moved to a larger home in the neighborhood in 1950, Realtor.com reported.

The home was purchased a little more than a year ago by real estate developer Tommy Lin, who bought it for $835,000 in March 2025, according to PropertyShark records.

WHY AMERICANS ARE FLOCKING TO THIS FLORIDA RETIREMENT HOT SPOT

Lin previously told Mansion Global that while his work typically focuses on condos in Brooklyn, the “only reason I took on this project was because it’s Trump’s childhood house,” adding that ordinarily it would be “a little too small for me to do.”

At the time of Lin’s purchase, the house was in need of upkeep, with issues including a leaking roof, an overgrown yard and feral cats.

Lin worked on the renovation with Jevon Gratineau of Brown Harris Stevens, and they started the renovation with fixes to the interior caused by leaks, along with replacing the roof and windows and adding full insulation. He also redid the home’s facade, though it retains its Tudor-style appearance.

SOME BAY AREA HOMES ARE SELLING $1M ABOVE ASKING AMID AI BOOM

The two largely kept the layout of the 3,400 square foot, five-bedroom home intact from its original design – though they did remove a wall to open the kitchen and living room area.

They also fully finished the interior of the home after originally planning to just make it livable, with Lin telling the outlet he put “double or triple the time and effort” into this project compared to what he would normally work on.

The two told Mansion Global that the total renovation cost was a little over $500,000 – which included higher than expected spending on a new HVAC system as well as the property’s gardening.

RARE VIRGINIA OCTAGON MANSION WITH ‘HAUNTED’ REPUTATION HITS THE MARKET

The former Trump family home went back on the market late last year when it was listed in November for $2.3 million.

It was delisted by the end of January and relisted briefly in March for $2.2 million. The was relisted in May with a new agent, Joe Zhu of Re/Max Edge, with the most recent asking price just below $2 million.

The home was pending sale as of Tuesday, according to Realtor.com.

GET FOX BUSINESS ON THE GO BY CLICKING HERE

This post was originally published here. 

Netflix Inc. reported second-quarter financial results on Thursday, July 16, posting a 9% increase in net income to $3.4 billion as revenue climbed 13% to $12.56 billion, driven by continued membership growth, higher subscription prices and expanding advertising revenue. Despite another profitable quarter, the streaming giant issued a softer-than-expected outlook for the current quarter, sending its shares down more than 7% in after-hours trading. 

The earnings report illustrates the challenge facing one of the world’s largest entertainment companies. Netflix continues generating record profits and strong cash flow, yet investors are demanding faster revenue growth and clearer evidence that its newest business initiatives—including advertising and live programming—can sustain long-term expansion.

Revenue increased to $12.56 billion, up from approximately $11.1 billion a year earlier, while diluted earnings reached 80 cents per share, slightly ahead of Wall Street expectations. Net income rose from $3.13 billion during the same quarter last year. 

Advertising Business Continues Expanding

Netflix said its advertising-supported membership tier continues attracting new subscribers while providing an additional source of higher-margin revenue.

Advertising has become one of the company’s most important strategic priorities following the success of its password-sharing crackdown and several subscription price increases over the past two years.

Executives continue investing heavily in advertising technology while expanding relationships with global marketers seeking premium streaming audiences.

Industry analysts believe advertising could become one of Netflix’s fastest-growing businesses over the next several years if engagement remains strong.

Live Programming Gains Importance

Beyond traditional television series and films, Netflix continues broadening its programming strategy.

The company has expanded live sports programming, comedy specials, concerts and other live entertainment in an effort to increase viewer engagement and compete more directly with traditional broadcasters and digital platforms.

Management believes exclusive live events can encourage subscriber retention while creating new advertising opportunities.

Executives also highlighted continued investment in original programming, international productions and gaming initiatives as part of the company’s long-term growth strategy.

Why Investors Were Disappointed

Although quarterly results generally met expectations, investors focused on Netflix’s forward guidance.

The company projected approximately $13 billion in third-quarter revenue, representing growth but falling below many analysts’ forecasts.

Management also narrowed its full-year revenue outlook to a midpoint slightly below Wall Street expectations.

Those projections raised concerns that revenue growth could moderate after several years of expansion fueled by password-sharing enforcement and subscription price increases. 

Adding to investor concerns, Netflix announced it will publish its detailed engagement report annually instead of twice each year beginning in 2027.

The company said financial performance—not raw viewing hours—better reflects business success.

Some investors, however, viewed the reduced reporting frequency as limiting transparency into audience engagement.

Competition Continues Intensifying

Netflix remains the world’s largest subscription streaming platform, but competition continues evolving rapidly.

Traditional media companies continue investing in their own streaming services while technology companies increasingly compete for consumer attention through short-form video, creator content and artificial intelligence-powered recommendations.

Netflix executives acknowledged the increasingly competitive entertainment landscape but said the company’s global scale, broad content library and financial strength provide significant competitive advantages.

The company continues generating billions of dollars in annual free cash flow, allowing it to fund original productions while investing in technology and new business initiatives.

Looking Ahead

Netflix enters the second half of 2026 from a position of financial strength.

The company remains highly profitable and continues adding revenue despite an increasingly competitive streaming marketplace.

The next challenge will be convincing investors that advertising, live programming and international expansion can offset slowing growth in its more mature subscription business.

Wall Street’s immediate reaction suggests investors now expect more than steady profits—they want the next phase of Netflix’s growth story.

JBizNews Desk | Los Gatos, California

© JBizNews.com All Rights Reserved. Reproduction or distribution without written permission is prohibited.

Specialized counseling services for LGBTQ+ youth will return to the 988 Suicide & Crisis Lifeline by the end of the year, the Trump administration confirmed last month. But young people looking to “press 3” for that support may encounter an altered experience, as federal health officials want to ensure the services comply with President Trump’s executive order last year that essentially denies the existence of transgender and nonbinary identities. 

The Trump administration shuttered the LGBTQ+ youth specialty services last July, but soon after, a congressional appropriations bill directed $33.1 million toward reinstating the line. The law indicates that services should support all LGBTQ+ youth. 

Read the rest…

This post was originally published here. 

Every day, doctors turn to specialized calculators to make decisions about their patients’ care. Kidney performance? There’s a calculator for that. Chance of a successful vaginal birth after a previous C-section? There’s a calculator for that. 

Medicine has accumulated hundreds of these clinical scores and decision-making tools, and their numbers continue to grow along with the scale of clinical data. But just because a calculator exists doesn’t mean doctors should always trust its output. 

“In clinical practice, a lot of the tools that we use, we genuinely have no idea how limited it is in its validation,” said health systems researcher and gastroenterologist Shazia Siddique. That is why MDCalc, the company Siddique joined last year, is launching a quality-rating system to apply to the more than 800 clinical tools and calculators that doctors use through its site.

Continue to STAT+ to read the full story…

This post was originally published here. 

At a May MAHA Institute summit organized around the theme of “overmedicalization,” the health secretary announced an action plan to promote psychiatric deprescribing. At first look, it seemed innocuous. The Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration (SAMHSA) would study prescribing trends and publish fact sheets. Medicare would clarify how clinicians can be paid for the attentive work of tapering a patient off of a medication (which is already a part of routine clinical care). Webinars would teach prevention and “holistic” care. A technical expert panel would convene over the summer to make further recommendations. 

In reality, this announcement, and the steady stream of actions over the past 18 months, mark a quiet rewriting of the vocabulary of American mental health care — a massive rhetorical shift enacted while programs and protections that would actually solve the problem are dismantled.

Read the rest…

This post was originally published here. 

For the last year, a small California startup has been making extraordinary claims about the ability of its technology to potentially treat Duchenne muscular dystrophy — and maybe a slew of other genetic diseases, too.

The company, Sonothera, does not yet have clinical data. But it’s presented data in animals so stunning that other experts can’t quite wrap their minds around it.

“I find it hard to believe,” said Eric Olson, molecular biology chair at UT-Southwestern Medical Center. “It seems a bit too good to be true,” said Jeffrey Chamberlain, a longtime Duchenne gene therapy expert at the University of Washington.

Continue to STAT+ to read the full story…

This post was originally published here. 

CHICAGO — United Airlines Holdings Inc. raised its full-year earnings outlook Wednesday after reporting stronger-than-expected second-quarter results, saying resilient demand for premium cabins, international travel and corporate bookings helped offset higher operating costs and ongoing industry capacity growth.

The Chicago-based carrier reported quarterly earnings that exceeded Wall Street expectations, prompting management to increase its outlook for the remainder of 2026 despite continued uncertainty surrounding fuel prices and the broader economy.

The results reinforced a growing divide within the airline industry, with carriers benefiting from premium and international travel continuing to outperform airlines more dependent on domestic leisure passengers.

Premium Travelers Continue Spending

United said demand for premium seating remained one of the company’s strongest growth drivers during the quarter.

Business travelers and high-end leisure customers continued paying higher fares for premium cabins on both domestic and international routes, supporting stronger margins despite elevated labor and operating expenses.

Executives said international travel also remained particularly robust, with transatlantic and Pacific routes continuing to generate healthy demand throughout the summer travel season.

That strength has allowed United to command higher ticket prices while maintaining solid passenger loads across much of its network.

Corporate Travel Holds Up

Corporate travel also remained resilient, providing another boost to revenue.

Large companies continued sending employees on business trips despite ongoing economic uncertainty, helping stabilize one of the airline’s highest-margin customer segments.

Management said both business and leisure travelers continue prioritizing travel spending, even as consumers remain selective in other discretionary purchases.

The combination has supported stronger-than-expected revenue growth across United’s global network.

Outlook Improves

Following the quarter, United raised its full-year earnings guidance, reflecting management’s confidence that travel demand will remain healthy through the second half of the year.

Executives acknowledged that fuel prices, geopolitical developments and macroeconomic conditions remain important variables but said booking trends continue supporting a favorable outlook.

The airline also continues investing in fleet modernization, customer experience improvements and international route expansion as part of its long-term growth strategy.

Industry Showing Signs of Stability

United’s results add to growing evidence that the airline industry has entered a more stable phase after several years of pandemic-related disruption.

While airlines continue facing higher labor costs, aircraft delivery delays and operational challenges, demand has remained remarkably resilient.

Premium travel has emerged as one of the industry’s strongest profit drivers, allowing major network carriers to offset weakness in some lower-priced fare categories.

What Investors Will Watch

Investors will now focus on whether strong booking trends continue into the fall and holiday travel seasons.

Attention will also remain on fuel prices, aircraft deliveries and consumer spending as airlines prepare schedules for 2027.

For now, United’s results suggest travelers continue placing a high priority on air travel, particularly international and premium experiences, giving the carrier confidence to raise expectations for the remainder of the year.

JBizNews Desk | Chicago

© JBizNews.com All Rights Reserved. Reproduction or distribution without written permission is prohibited.

An 18-year-old from Bat Yam was arrested on Thursday night on suspicion of being involved in throwing a fragmentation grenade at the Japanika branch in Kiryat Ono.

On Monday, July 13, a fragmentation grenade was thrown at the Kiryat Ono branch as part of the wave of grenade attacks on Japanika chain branches in central Israel. 

In the span of a few hours, police announced two grenade explosions, a pipe bomb attack, and an attempted arson. Three of the incidents targeted branches of the Japanika restaurant chain, owned by businessman and Beitar Jerusalem owner Barak Abramov.

The suspect is expected to appear before the Tel Aviv Magistrate’s Court on Friday, where police will request his detention be extended to facilitate the ongoing investigation into the incidents.

In a statement on Tuesday morning, Israel Police said that the thrown grenades were stolen IDF equipment.

Police arrested Musli family crime boss in connection with the attacks

Israel Police arrested Musli crime family boss Yossi Musli on Tuesday night in connection with a series of attacks targeting the Japanika restaurant chain, according to Israeli media reports. 

For years, brothers Yossi and Eli Musli have managed to stay ahead of police, who suspect them of involvement in a long series of murders and attempted murders targeting their rivals.

The criminal organization they lead began in southern Tel Aviv and developed into a powerful network that some have described as a global empire. It is estimated to be worth more than half a billion shekels.

Police suspect the organization of involvement in illegal gambling, extortion, high-interest black-market loans, operating casinos abroad, and other criminal activities.

They also suspect that another brother, Shay, runs a criminal organization in South Africa

This post was originally published on here. 

Environmental Protection Minister Idit Silman declared the Nile crocodile a “cultivated wild animal” in a move intended to allow the Israel Prison Service to station crocodiles around prisons, despite opposition from her ministry’s legal adviser and the Israel Nature and Parks Authority, Ynet reported on Thursday.

Silman issued the declaration to enable National Security Minister Itamar Ben-Gvir to establish his proposed “crocodile prison.” Pressure was placed on the Israel Nature and Parks Authority several months ago to allow the National Security Ministry to receive crocodiles from Hamat Gader and position them around prisons holding security prisoners. The program was expected to be piloted at Ketziot Prison.

The Nature and Parks Authority said the proposal was not feasible because such wild animals may be held only for educational, research, and public information purposes.

“We need to protect them, not have them protect us. That is not the spirit of the law,” officials tried to explain to Ben-Gvir and Silman.

In an attempt to obtain approval for the plan, a request was made to declare the Nile crocodile a “cultivated wild animal.” Crocodiles had previously been given that designation to allow them to be raised commercially for their skins.

Legal objections to the crocodile prison plan

In the past, crocodile farming has led to numerous problems, including incidents of crocodiles escaping into the wild and risks to human life. Former environmental protection minister Gilad Erdan ended the practice following a recommendation from the advisory committee of the Nature and Parks Authority’s plenum.

Silman effectively decided to revive a dead letter in the Wildlife Protection Law. In practice, however, she created a new category: a cultivated wild animal kept for security purposes. Her declaration stated that the animals would be held by a security organization, subject to the environmental protection minister’s approval of the security need.

The move therefore goes beyond a regulation and would require primary legislation rather than a ministerial decision.

The Environmental Protection Ministry’s legal adviser, attorney Neta Drori, wrote to Silman last month that there was insufficient professional and factual evidence to proceed as the minister wished. She added that there was no known professional precedent for using crocodiles as a security measure at modern prisons, contrary to the Prison Service’s claim that they had been used for this purpose in the US and South America.

“With regard to the use in the United States, it was noted that this was a short-lived trial that was discontinued. It apparently took place in an area where crocodiles already occur in the wild, and there is therefore no basis for comparison,” Drori wrote.

The ministry’s legal adviser said the Prison Service’s request also required an in-depth examination of animal welfare and public safety concerns.

“Although Prison Service officials said they are aware of and prepared to ensure the animals’ physical welfare, among other things based on their experience with dogs, the organization apparently has no expertise in raising dangerous wild animals such as crocodiles,” she wrote.

Drori also explained that the legal process would require consultation with bodies including the Nature and Parks Authority’s plenum and relevant government officials, as well as publication of the proposal for public comment. This was necessary because professional officials believed crocodile farming posed critical risks.

She concluded her letter with a clear message: “In light of this, our position is that the conditions for a declaration under the law have not been met and that there is a legal impediment to advancing the declaration as requested.”

Silman disregarded legal adviser’s position

Silman decided to disregard the legal adviser’s position, arguing that a senior professional official at the Nature and Parks Authority had said the authority did not oppose the Prison Service’s initiative and that an approved framework used in the past already existed.

Several weeks ago, Ben-Gvir and Silman met with the Nature and Parks Authority’s director-general and the Environmental Protection Ministry’s legal adviser and said they wanted crocodiles to be placed around a prison. The legal adviser made clear that this could not be done and that there was no legal authority to approve it, but Silman persisted.

The Nature and Parks Authority’s plenum is expected to convene soon, and the issue will again be raised after Silman bypassed her own ministry’s legal adviser.

“The minister is acting contrary to her own legal adviser, contrary to the legal opinion of the Israel Nature and Parks Authority, contrary to the authority’s plenum, and contrary to the law. In other words, there is no legal basis for this,” a professional official said.

Silman had not issued a response at the time of publication.

This post was originally published on here. 

Jon Ossoff, the Jewish senator from Georgia and the focus of speculation about a 2028 run for the presidency, is prepared to be the target of an address Thursday night by President Donald Trump. 

Ossoff told reporters that if Trump, as expected, questions his and Sen. Raphael Warnock’s 2021 election wins, then the president would be “calling Georgia voters illegitimate.” 

Trump has repeatedly claimed without basis that his 2020 presidential election defeat in Georgia, and wins by Democrats Ossoff and Warnock in runoffs the following January, were rigged.

He has deployed federal law enforcement to Georgia to search for evidence of fraud, even though repeated probes have uncovered nothing. 

The speech comes as Ossoff has gained national attention for his repeated attacks on the president in his reelection bid against Trump-endorsed Rep. Mike Collins.

Ossoff could be the Democratic presidential nominee for 2028

Ossoff’s battle with Trump could fuel buzz for his vying for the Democratic presidential nomination in 2028. 

Ossoff has repeatedly denied interest in running for president this cycle. But Democratic pollster Adam Carlson imagined an excerpt from a “Former President Ossoff’s memoir in 2060.”

“I wasn’t planning on running for president. It was never an ambition of mine,” Carlson wrote on X/Twitter, following initial reports that Trump’s address could come as soon as Monday. “Then Trump did that super weird address on July 13, 2026 and here we are.”

Were he to run and win, Ossoff, 39, would be the first Jewish president of the United States, and his Jewish identity has crept into discussions about his potential candidacy.

He has drawn comparisons to Barack Obama, who said in 2006 that he “will not” run for president, two years before he did so successfully.

Support from left-wing figures

The buzz around Ossoff has largely focused on his sharp criticism of Trump, attracting some prominent left-wing figures. Progressives such as Gen Z commentator Jack Cocchiarella and Zohran Mamdani adviser Morris Katz have lauded Ossoff’s messaging. 

Left-wing streamer Hasan Piker, a harsh Israel critic who has drawn allegations of antisemitism, said Ossoff “will be my dark horse pick, depending on how he presents himself if he has ambitions for higher office.”

One subject that Ossoff has largely steered clear of during his reelection campaign is Israel, a growing wedge issue among Democrats and a litmus test for democratic socialists like Piker.

While multiple possible presidential candidates have sworn off the pro-Israel lobbying group AIPAC, Ossoff has not weighed in on the group.

Ossoff’s views on Israel

Ossoff has positioned himself as an Israel supporter who opposes Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu’s government. Just over a month after Hamas’ October 7, 2023, attack on Israel, he referred to himself as a “pro-Israel Jewish American” in an address. He said he was praying for the Israeli hostages’ freedom and urges “mercy for the innocent civilians in Gaza.”

He has since voted to block some weapons sales to the country, along with an increasing number of Senate Democrats who have questioned military assistance to Israel as the war has devastated Gaza, while voting to allow the sale of defensive weapons.

He wrote in July 2025 that “the United States must continue to support the Israeli people, who face the persistent threat of rocket and missile attack and have been subjected to intense aerial bombardment from Iran, Lebanon, and Yemen.”

Ossoff’s first vote against weapons in November 2024 spurred a critical open letter from several Georgia Jewish organizations including synagogues, Jewish schools, the local Anti-Defamation League chapter and other groups. His vote also drew the attention of AIPAC, which released 30-second ads attacking US senators, including Ossoff, who had voted to block weapons sales.

Ossoff could unite the Democratic Party

Radio host Eric Messersmith said last month that, in an effort to win over a party that is divided on Israel, Ossoff “might be the Democrat that can thread the needle because even though he’s Jewish, he’s very critical of the Israeli government, very critical of Benjamin Netanyahu.”

“He has credibility on that issue, so it’s possible that I think he could fill that lane in between the two extremes of the Democratic party,” Messersmith said in a widely circulated conversation on CNN.

CNN’s Elex Michaelson drew criticism online when he added, “As a Jew, some people read a little more Jewish than other people, and Jon Ossoff may not read as Jewish as [Pennsylvania Gov.] Josh Shapiro does, for whatever’s that worth.” Michaelson later apologized. 

Ossoff has deep ties to the local Jewish community, and has spoken about the impact of growing up around his uncle who was a Holocaust survivor.

Living among survivors “has a profound impact on how I view the State of Israel, recognizing that the State of Israel was established 75 years ago as Jews rebuilt in the ashes of the Holocaust, and sought to establish a secure homeland for the Jewish people,” Ossoff told the American Jewish Committee in May 2023.

Ossoff’s Georgia campaign

The Georgia Democrat’s team reported that Ossoff raised $20 million in the year’s second quarter, ending it with $42 million in cash on hand. 

Jewish Insider reported that some Jewish Georgians are torn. Collins has faced accusations of antisemitism and having ties to the far right. Collins’ son-in-law is a white nationalist social media influencer who has shared antisemitic material and Nazi imagery, CNN reported on Thursday. Collins has said some of his own statements were misunderstood, and has defended himself by citing his support for Israel.

“Donald Trump’s handpicked candidate Mike Collins is a notorious bigot, antisemite, and extremist,” Ossoff posted on social media last month.

Ahead of Trump’s address, Ossoff said he expects the president “to use whatever he puts out there on Thursday as a pretext” to interfere in the November election, or “to lay the groundwork for challenging the result.”

This post was originally published on here. 

German Foreign Minister Johann Wadephul has proposed replacing the expiring UN peacekeeping mission in Lebanon with an EU-mandated force to prevent a security vacuum, he told the RedaktionsNetzwerk Deutschland.

“We should examine in the EU whether we can ensure that no security vacuum arises with a European mandate following the UNIFIL mission,” Wadephul said in an interview published on Friday.

The UNIFIL mission expires on December 31, 2026. Germany’s parliament extended the country’s participation in the mission for the final time just weeks ago.

Wadephul said Lebanon, with a stabilizing government, represented “one of the most hopeful developments in the region at the moment.”

Lebanon and Israel held ambassador-level talks at the US embassy in Rome on Tuesday and Wednesday — their sixth round of face-to-face negotiations since a ​new war erupted on March 2 between Israel and Lebanese armed group ​Hezbollah, triggered by the wider regional conflict.

IDF withdrawal, end to Hezbollah terror

An EU-mandated force could “create the conditions for the Israeli army to withdraw without Hezbollah returning with its terror,” the minister added.

The proposal comes as European nations seek to maintain regional stability while balancing relations with Israel and Lebanon.

Israel’s IDF is currently positioned within a “buffer zone” approximately 10 km (6 miles) into Lebanon along the entire Israeli border to bolster Israel’s defense against Hezbollah.

Lebanon and Israel resumed talks on Tuesday in Rome, with Beirut hoping for progress towards securing an Israeli withdrawal from south Lebanon under a US-brokered deal, although expectations for swift progress were low.

US-led diplomacy has emerged since Hezbollah and Israel returned to war on March 2 amid the wider regional conflict, moving forward despite strong objections from the Iran-backed group, which believes only Iranian pressure on Washington can secure an end to the war and Israeli withdrawal.

Iran demanded an end to the war in Lebanon as part of its interim deal with Washington signed last month, but the agreement has been shaken over the last week by renewed US-Iranian hostilities in the Gulf.

The Jerusalem Post staff contributed to this report.

This post was originally published on here. 

Malaysia will immediately deport any Israeli citizens found in the country, Prime Minister Anwar Ibrahim said Wednesday, as federal authorities investigate allegations that Israelis using dual citizenship were participating in a technology-focused community in Johor’s Forest City. 

“We will not allow it,” Anwar told reporters. “If there are Israeli nationals, since we do not recognize Israel, they will be deported immediately.” 

The investigation centers on Network School, a co-living community for startup founders and digital nomads established by former Coinbase executive Balaji Srinivasan. The project, located in the China-backed Forest City development across the Johor Strait from Singapore, came under scrutiny after an online promotional video drew widespread attention. 

In the video, residents describe living on “a man-made island near Singapore,” while Srinivasan says, “We’re building Silicon Valley outside Silicon Valley.” 

The promotion also generated criticism online. One social media user wrote: “Sounds like a cult, definitely operates like a cult, recruits like a cult.” 

Malaysia doesn’t allow Israeli citizens to enter the country

The Johor state government subsequently called for a federal investigation into both the commune’s activities and the nationalities of those taking part. 

Malaysia’s Immigration Department later announced that it had inspected 266 foreign nationals from 40 countries at the site and found that all possessed valid travel documents. Officials said, however, that broader inquiries into the identities and activities of those involved remain ongoing. 

Anwar also instructed authorities to examine the project’s business operations, including its premises licenses, accommodation arrangements and land use. He said any violations should be met with “firm action without compromise.” 

Malaysia has no diplomatic relations with Israel and does not permit Israeli passport holders to enter the country without special government approval. Authorities acknowledged that people with dual citizenship may, in some cases, enter using a passport issued by another country. 

Anwar said the government would not compromise on either national security or its political position on Israel. The prime minister has maintained a strongly pro-Palestinian stance and open ties with Hamas following the escalation of the conflict in Gaza.

This post was originally published on here. 

I have been thinking a lot about advocacy lately.

Not the loud kind. Not the performative kind. Not the kind that tries to take credit for work that only happens when a lot of people come to the table.

I am talking about the kind of advocacy that is harder to see from the outside, but often far more important. The kind where government, industry and community partners listen to each other. The kind that recently helped shape a proposed $100 million Southern California Rebuild Fund for families. 

That is the kind of advocacy our industry needs more of. The kind where policymakers are willing to engage before every detail is settled. The kind where lenders, servicers, technology partners, data providers and associations bring practical information into the conversation. The goal is not to win the argument, but to help shape something that can actually work for the people it is intended to serve.

The real meaning of advocacy

California is not short on housing policy ideas.

In 2023, Governor Newsom signed a housing package of fifty-six bills. In 2024, the Terner Center tracked more than 215 housing-related bills introduced in California, representing roughly 10% of all new bills. And California’s Statewide Housing Plan calls for more than 2.5 million new homes by 2030, with at least one million of those homes affordable to lower-income Californians.

Those numbers tell us something important.

The challenge is not attention. Housing is clearly a priority. The harder question is whether the programs, policies and tools we create can actually work once they reach a family, a lender, a servicer, a local government, a technology platform or a loan file.

From policy ideas to real-world impact

That is why the proposed $100 million Southern California Rebuild Fund matters.

It matters because families are still trying to figure out how to move forward after losing homes, stability, routines, memories and, in many cases, any clear financial path to rebuild.

It matters because even when insurance exists, the math does not always work. Rebuilding costs can exceed insurance proceeds due to higher construction costs, constrained labor and long permitting timelines. Families are left to solve that gap. 

For months, California MBA has been engaged on the wildfire recovery issue because our members see the problem from the ground level. Our members see where policy meets underwriting, where good intentions run into investor requirements, where borrower communication breaks down and where insurance proceeds fall short, leaving families unable to rebuild. 

This is not just a political issue. It is a housing challenge, a financing challenge and, most importantly, a challenge facing real families trying to recover. 

Temporary relief tools like forbearance are needed, but they are not a long-term solution. At some point, a family cannot live inside a forbearance agreement. They need a path to rebuild. 

And that is where our industry has a responsibility to lean in. That experience has value, but only if we bring it to the table. 

Bridging the rebuilding gap

The Governor’s office engaged with stakeholders to understand the challenge and look for solutions. Lenders contributed real construction lending knowledge, technology partners helped shape ideas for creating a portal to connect homeowners with resources and data providers helped provide a clearer picture of the scale needed. No single organization could solve this problem alone. 

That is not politics as usual. That is problem-solving.

This is where associations can play a meaningful role. We are positioned to bring stakeholders together to translate ideas into workable solutions. 

Sometimes people think about advocacy as simply opposing legislation. And yes, there are moments when that is necessary. We must push back, raise concerns, explain unintended consequences and fight for our members and the consumers they serve.

But advocacy at its best is not just saying no. It is building the better yes. It explains how a program will function once it leaves the press release and enters the real world. It is connecting government with the people who must operationalize the idea.

Because when policy does not work, people feel it. Recovery slows. Confusion grows. Costs rise. Trust gets damaged. But when policy is shaped with practical input, outcomes improve in measurable ways.

That is what this proposed Rebuild Fund represents.

Building the “better yes”

It is not perfect. No program is. There will still be tough questions about program design, lender participation, borrower eligibility, consumer education, implementation, timing and execution. A proposal still must become a workable program.

But this is a meaningful step. And it deserves recognition.

The Governor’s office did not have to prioritize this in a difficult budget environment. They did not have to look for a targeted financing solution. They did not have to engage with our industry in the way they did. But they did, and that matters. 

For California MBA, this is exactly where we want to be as an association: in the room helping build solutions. Ensuring policymakers understand how lending and servicing work, how consumers experience programs and how innovative ideas can be structured so they actually deliver.

At the end of the day, the goal is not to win a policy argument. The goal is to help people rebuild. To help families move forward. And to ensure relief is not just announced, but actually accessible. There is a difference between a program that sounds good and a program that works.

I am proud of the role the California MBA has played in this conversation and proud of the members who leaned in.

At a time when it is easy to be cynical, this effort is a reminder that collaboration still works. That is the kind of advocacy our industry needs more of – smarter, not louder advocacy. Advocacy that says: here is the problem, here is what we know, here is what we know, what will not work and a path that might.

That is where California MBA will continue to lean in.

Because when advocacy is done right, it is not background noise. It is leadership.

Paul Gigliotti is the CEO of California MBA
This column does not necessarily reflect the opinion of HousingWire’s editorial department and its owners. To contact the editor responsible for this piece: zeb@hwmedia.com

This post was originally published on here. 

GE Aerospace reported strong second-quarter results on Thursday, July 16, raising its full-year earnings and cash-flow outlook after continued strength in its commercial aviation services business offset concerns over higher fuel prices and global airline capacity reductions. The company said demand for engine maintenance and replacement parts remains exceptionally strong as airlines continue operating older aircraft amid persistent shortages of new jets and engines. 

The aerospace giant now expects adjusted earnings of $7.65 to $7.85 per share for 2026, up from its previous forecast of $7.10 to $7.40. GE also increased its expected free cash flow to between $8.9 billion and $9.2 billion, reflecting continued demand across its high-margin commercial services business. 

The results exceeded Wall Street expectations.

Second-quarter GAAP revenue rose 21% to $13.35 billion, while adjusted revenue increased 24% to $12.63 billion. Adjusted earnings reached $2.02 per share, beating analyst estimates, while total orders climbed 17% to $16.5 billion, extending the company’s already substantial backlog. 

Commercial Aviation Continues Driving Growth

The biggest contributor to GE Aerospace’s performance remains commercial aviation.

Although airlines around the world have reduced some schedules because of higher fuel costs and geopolitical uncertainty, carriers continue investing heavily in aircraft maintenance.

Unlike discretionary spending, engine overhauls cannot be delayed indefinitely.

Aircraft shortages caused by production delays at major manufacturers have forced airlines to keep older fleets flying longer than originally planned. Every additional flight hour increases demand for inspections, repairs and replacement parts.

GE Aerospace said its overhaul facilities remain heavily booked, while demand for spare parts continues exceeding available supply.

The company now holds approximately $170 billion in commercial services backlog, providing significant visibility into future revenue. GE expects double-digit growth in its commercial services business to continue through at least 2027. 

Supply Chain Challenges Persist

Despite the strong quarter, executives acknowledged that supply-chain constraints remain one of the company’s largest operational challenges.

Material shortages continue delaying delivery of some components, particularly spare parts used in commercial aviation.

GE said it is investing in manufacturing capacity, supplier expansion and facility upgrades to improve production while supporting both engine manufacturing and aftermarket service demand.

The company also continues upgrading durability improvements for its LEAP family of engines, one of the industry’s most widely used next-generation commercial aircraft engines.

Defense Business Adds Momentum

Beyond commercial aviation, GE Aerospace also reported continued growth within its defense and propulsion technologies business.

Military engine demand remained healthy during the quarter, contributing additional revenue growth alongside commercial operations.

The combination of commercial services and defense continues providing GE with diversified revenue streams that have helped offset broader economic uncertainty.

Market Reaction

Despite the strong financial results and higher guidance, GE Aerospace shares traded lower during Thursday’s session.

Investors focused on moderating order growth and broader market weakness affecting industrial and aerospace stocks.

Analysts noted that while order growth remains strong, it has slowed from the exceptionally rapid pace reported earlier this year.

Even so, the company’s improved outlook demonstrates continued confidence in long-term aviation demand.

Why It Matters

GE Aerospace sits at the center of the global aviation industry.

Its engines power thousands of commercial aircraft worldwide, making the company’s results an important indicator of airline activity, global travel demand and industrial manufacturing.

The latest earnings suggest airlines remain willing to spend aggressively on maintenance even as they manage higher operating costs.

That resilience supports not only GE Aerospace but also suppliers, maintenance providers, airports and manufacturers throughout the aviation ecosystem.

With international travel continuing to recover and aircraft production still constrained, the aftermarket business remains one of the industry’s strongest profit drivers.

For now, GE Aerospace appears well positioned to benefit from that trend.

JBizNews Desk | Cincinnati

© JBizNews.com All Rights Reserved. Reproduction or distribution without written permission is prohibited.